OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter Chapter 18 Arithmetic Mean, Median, Mode and Quartiles Ex 18(a)

Students appreciate clear and concise ICSE Class 10 Maths Solutions S Chand Chapter 18 Arithmetic Mean, Median, Mode and Quartiles Ex 18(a) that guide them through exercises.

S Chand Class 10 ICSE Maths Solutions Chapter 18 Arithmetic Mean, Median, Mode and Quartiles Ex 18(a)

Question 1.
Find the number half-way between 0.2 and 0.02.
Solution:
Half-way number (average) between 0.2 and 0.02 = \(\frac{0.2+0.02}{2}\) = \(\frac{0.22}{2}\) = 0.11

Question 2.
Find the mean of the following sets of numbers :
(a) 4, 5, 7, 8
(b) 3, 5, 0, 2, 8
(c) 2.5, 2.4, 3.5, 2.8, 2.9, 3.3, 3.6
(d) -6, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 5, 9
(e) First five prime numbers
(f) First eight even natural numbers
(g) All factors of 30
(h) First five multiples of 8
(i) x, x+1, x+2, x+3, x+4, x+5, x+6
Solution:
(a) 4, 5, 7, 8
Here n = 4
∴ Mean = \(\frac{\text { Sum }}{n}\) = \(\frac{4+5+7+8}{4}\) = \(\frac { 24 }{ 4 }\) = 6

(b) 3, 5, 0, 2, 8
Here n = 5
∴ Mean = \(\frac{3+5+0+2+8}{5}\) = \(\frac { 18 }{ 5 }\) = 3.6

(c) 2.5, 2.4, 3.5, 2.8, 2.9, 3.3, 3.6
Here n = 8
∴ Mean = \(\frac{2.5+2.4+3.5+2.8+2.9+3.3+3.6}{7}\) = \(\frac { 21.0 }{ 7 }\) = 3.0

(d) -6,-2,-1,0, 1,2, 5, 9
Here n = 8
∴ Mean = \(\frac{-6-2-1+0+1+2+5+9}{8}\) = \(\frac{-9+17}{8}\) = \(\frac{8}{8}\) = 1

(e) First 5 prime numbers are 2, 3, 5,7, 11
∴ Mean = \(\frac{2+3+5+7+11}{8}\) = \(\frac{28}{5}\) = 5.6

(f) First 8 even natural numbers are 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16
∴ Mean = \(\frac{2+4+6+8+10+12+14+16}{8}\) = \(\frac{72}{8}\) = 9

(g) All factors of 30 are 1, 2. 3, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30
Here n = 8
∴ Mean = \(\frac{1+2+3+5+6+10+15+30}{8}\) = \(\frac{72}{8}\) = 9

(h) First 5 multiples of 8 are 8, 16, 24, 32, 40
∴ Mean = \(\frac{8+16+24+32+40}{5}\) = \(\frac{120}{5}\) = 24

(i) x, x + 1, x + 2, x + 3, x + 4, x + 5, x + 6
Here n = 7
Mean = \(\frac{x+x+1+x+2+x+3+x+4+x+5+x+6}{7}\) = \(\frac{7 x+21}{7}\) = \(\frac{7(x+3)}{7}\) = x + 3

Question 3.
The mean of the numbers 6, y, 7, x, 14 is 8. Express y in terms of x.
Solution:
6, y, 7, x, 14
Here n = 5 and Mean = 8
Total sum = \(n \bar{x}\) = 5 × 8 = 40
∴ 6 + y + 7 + x + 14 = 40 ⇒ 7 + x + 27 = 40 ⇒ 7 = 40 – 27 – x =13 – x

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter Chapter 18 Arithmetic Mean, Median, Mode and Quartiles Ex 18(a)

Question 4.
Nisha secured 73, 86, 78 and 75 marks in four tests. What is the least number of points she should secure in her next test if she has to have an average of 80?
Solution:
Number of total tests = 5
Average of 5 tests = 80
∴ Total points, Nisha secured = 5 × 80 = 400
But her score in 4 tests = 73 + 86 + 78 + 75 = 312
∴ Score in fifth test = 400 – 312 = 88

Question 5.
A class of 10 students was given a test in Mathematics. The marks, out of 50, secured by the students were as follows :
31, 36, 27, 38, 45, 39, 32, 29, 41, 38 Find the mean score.
Solution:
Here n = 10
and scores are 31, 36, 27, 38, 45, 39, 32, 29, 41, 38
∴ Sum = 31 + 36 + 27 + 38 + 45 + 39 + 32 + 29+ 41 + 38 = 356
∴ Mean = \(\frac{356}{10}\) = 35.6

Question 6.
Find the mean of the following frequency distributions:
(a)

Weight (kg) 30 31 32 33 34
No. of students 8 10 15 8 9

(b)

Marks 20 25 30 35 40
No. of students 5 10 12 8 5

(c)

X 2 5 7 8
y 2 4 6 3

(d)

X 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
f 30 60 20 40 10 50

Solution:
(a)

Weight (in kg) (x) No. of students (f) f × x
30

31

32

33

34

8

10

15

8

9

240

310

480

264

306

Total 50 1600

Mean = \(\frac{\sum f x}{\sum f}\) = \(\frac { 1600 }{ 50 }\) = 32 kg
(b)

Marks (x) No. of students (f) f × x
20 5 100
25 10 250
30 12 360
35 8 280
40 5 200
Total 40 1190

∴ Mean = \(\frac{\sum f x}{\sum f}\) = \(\frac { 1190 }{ 40 }\) = 29.75
(c)

x f f × x
2 2 4
5 4 20
7 6 42
8 3 24
Total 15 90

∴ Mean = \(\frac{\sum f x}{\sum f}\) = \(\frac { 90 }{ 15 }\) = 6
(d)

x f f × x
0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

30

60

20

40

10

50

3

12

6

16

5

30

Total 210 72

∴ Mean = \(\frac{\sum f x}{\sum f}\) = \(\frac { 72 }{ 210 }\) = \(\frac { 12 }{ 35 }\) = 0.34

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter Chapter 18 Arithmetic Mean, Median, Mode and Quartiles Ex 18(a)

Question 7.
Fill in the blanks :
While calculating the mean of the grouped data, we make the assumption that frequency in any class is centred at its
Solution:
Mean of grouped data in any class is called its class mark.

Question 8.
The frequency distribution of marks obtained by 40 students of a class is as under :
Calculate the Arithmetic mean.

Marks 0-8 8-16 16-24 24-32 32-40 40-48
Students 5 3 10 16 4 2

Solution:

Marks Class Mark x Frequency (f) f × x
0-8

8-16

16-24

24-32

32-40

40-48

4

12

20

28

36

44

5

3

10

16

4

2

20

36

200

448

144

88

Total 40 936

Mean = \(\frac{\sum f x}{\sum f}\) = \(\frac { 936 }{ 40 }\) = 23.4 marks

Question 9.
Find the mean of the following data:
(a)

Marks 10-14 15-19 20-24 25-29 30-34
No. of students 4 6 12 5 3

(b)

Class 0-10 11-20 21-30 31-40 41-50
Frequency 3 4 2 5 6

Solution:
(a)

Marks Class Mark
x
Frequency (f) f × x
10-14

15-19

20-24

25-29

30-34

12

17

22

27

32

4

6

12

5

3

48

102

264

135

96

Total 30 645

Mean = \(\frac{\sum f x}{\sum f}\) = \(\frac { 645 }{ 30 }\) = 21.5 marks

(b)

Class Class Mark
x
Frequency (f) f × x
0-10

11-20

21-30

31-40

41-50

5

15.5

25.5

35.5

45.5

3

4

2

5

6

15.0

62.0

51.0

177.5

273.0

Total 20 578.5

Mean = \(\frac{\sum f x}{\sum f}\) = \(\frac { 578.5 }{ 20 }\) = 28.925

Question 10.
In a class of 60 boys the marks obtained in a monthly test were as under :

Marks 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60
Students 10 25 12 08 05

Find the mean marks of the class.
Solution:

Marks Class Mark (x) Frequency (f) f × x
10-20 15 10 150
20-30 25 25 625
30-40 35 12 420
40-50 45 08 360
50-60 55 05 275
Total 60 1830

Mean = \(\frac{\sum f x}{\sum f}\) = \(\frac { 1830 }{ 60 }\) = 30.5

Question 11.
Compute the mean of the following frequency table by:
(i) direct-method and
(ii) short-cut method

Class 5-10 10-15 15-20 20-25 25-30 30-35 35-40 40-45 45-50
Frequency 10 6 4 12 8 4 2 1 3

Solution:

Class Class Marks
(x)
Frequency (f) f × x A = 27.5
d = x – A
f × d
5-10

10-15

15-20

20-25

25-30

30-35

35-40

40-45

45-50

7.5

12.5

17.5

22.5

A=27.5

32.5

37.5

42.5

47.5

10

6

4

12

8

4

2

1

3

75.0

75.0

70.0

270.0

220.0

130.0

75.0

42.5

142.5

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

5

10

15

20

-200

-90

-40

-60

0

20

20

15

60

Total 50 1100.0 -275

(i) Direct method — Mean = \(\frac{\sum f x}{\sum f}\) = \(\frac { 1100 }{ 50 }\) = 22

(ii) Short-cut method— Mean = A + \(\frac{\sum f d}{\sum f}\) = 27.5 + \(\frac{-275}{50}\) = 27.5 – 5.5 = 22

Question 12.
The following table gives the classification of 100 cows of a dairy farm, according to the amount of milk given by each in a dairy.

Amount of milk in 0-2 2-4 4-6 6-8 8-10 10-12 12-14 14-16 16-18
No. of cows 4 14 17 20 10 13 12 10 10

Calculate the mean correct to first place of decimal.
Solution:

Amount of milk in kg Class Mark (x) No. of Cows (f) f × x
0-2 1 4 4
2-4 3 14 42
4-6 5 17 85
6-8 7 20 140
8-10 9 10 90
10-12 11 13 143
12-14 13 12 156
14-16 15 10 150
16-18 17 10 170
Total 110 980

∴ Mean = \(\frac{\sum f x}{\sum f}\) = \(\frac{980}{110}\) = 8.9 kg

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter Chapter 18 Arithmetic Mean, Median, Mode and Quartiles Ex 18(a)

Question 13.
The weights (in grams) of 50 apples picked out at random from a consignment are given below : 82, 118, 80,110, 104, 84, 106,107, 76, 82,109,107,115, 93,187, 95,123,125, 111, 92, 86, 70,126, 78,130, 129,139,119,115,128,100,186,84, 99, 113,204, 111, 141,136,123, 90, 115, 98, 110, 78, 90, 107, 81, 131, 75.
(i) What is the range of the weights ?
(ii) Form a frequency distribution with class intervals 70-89, 90-109, and so on.
(iii) Use your frequency distribution to calculate the mean.
Solution:
(i) Maximum weight = 204 g
Minimum weight = 70 g
∴ Range = 204 – 70 = 134 g

(ii) Now forming the frequency distribution table, taking class intervals such as 70-89, 90-109, so on

Class interval Class Marks
(x)
Frequency
(f)
A = 139.5
d = x – A
f × d
70-89

90-109

110-129

130-149

150-169

170-189

190-209

79.5

99.5

119.5

A = 139.5

159.5

179.5

199.5

12

14

16

5

0

2

1

-60

-40

-20

0

20

40

60

-720

-560

-320

0

0

80

60

Total Class Marks (x) 50 -1460

Let A = 139.5

(iii) Mean = A + \(\frac{\sum f d}{\sum f}\) = 139.5 + \(\frac{-1460}{50}\) = 139.5 – 29.2 = 110.3

Question 14.
The following table gives the weekly wages of workers in a factory.

Weekly wages (in Rs.) 50-55 55-60 60-65 65-70 70-75 75-80 80-85 85-90
No. of workers 5 20 10 10 9 6 12 8

Calculate :
(i) the mean,
(ii) the number of workers getting weekly wages below Rs. 80, and
(iii) the number of workers getting Rs. 65 and more but less than Rs. 85 as weekly wages.
Solution:

Weekly wages Class Marks
(x)
Frequency
(f)
A=67.5
d=x – A
f × d
50-55 52.5 5 -15 -75
55-60 57.5 20 -10 -200
60-65 62.5 10 -5 -50
65-70 A = 67.5 10 0 0
70-75 72.5 9 5 45
75-80 77.5 6 10 60
80-85 82.5 12 15 180
85-90 87.5 8 20 160
Total 80 120

(i) Mean = A + \(\frac{\sum f d}{\sum f}\) = 67.5 + \(\frac{120}{80}\) = 67.5 + 1.5 = 69
(ii) Number of workers getting wages below Rs: 80 = 60
(iii) Number of workers getting more than Rs. 65 but less them 85 = 10 + 9 + 6 + 12 = 37

Question 15.
Find the mean of the following data:

Marks obtained Less than 10 Less than 20 Less than 30 Less than 40 Less than 50
No. of students 7 19 32 42 50

Solution:

Marks obtained Class Mark no. (x) No. of workers (c.f.) (f) fx
0-10 5 7 7 35
10-20 15 19 12 180
20-30 25 32 13 325
30-40 35 42 10 350
40-50 45 50 8 360
Total 50 1250

Mean = \(\frac{\sum f x}{\sum f^{\prime}}\) = \(\frac{1250}{50}\) = 25

Question 16.
Recast the following cumulative table into the form of an ordinary frequency distribution and determine the value of the mean :
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter Chapter 18 Arithmetic Mean, Median, Mode and Quartiles Ex 18(a) Img 1
Solution:

Marks Class Marks c.f f A=27.5
d = x – A
f × d
0-5 2.5 14 14 -25 -350
5-10 7.5 25 11 -20 -220
10-15 12.5 37 12 -15 -180
15-20 17.5 56 19 -10 -190
20-25 22.5 94 38 -5 -190
25-30 A = 27.5 112 18 0 0
30-35 32.5 130 18 5 90
35-40 37.5 144 14 10 140
40-45 42.5 148 4 15 60
45-50 47.5 150 2 20 40
Total 150 -800

Mean = A + \(\frac{\sum f d}{\sum f}\) = 27.5 + \(\frac{-800}{150}\) = 27.5 – 5.3 = 22.2

Question 17.
Find the missing frequency in the following data if arithmetic mean is 19.92.

Class 4-8 8-12 12-16 16-20 20-24 24-28 28-32 32-36 36-40
Frequency 11 13 16 14 9 17 6 4

Solution:
Let the missing frequency be p, then

Class Class Marks (x) Frequency (f) f × x
4-8 6 11 66
8-12 10 13 130
12-16 14 16 224
16-20 18 14 252
20-24 22 p 22 p
24-28 26 9 234
28-32 30 17 510
32-36 34 6 204
36-40 38 4 152
Total 90+p 1772+22 p

Mean is given = 19.92
∴ Mean = \(\frac{\sum f x}{\sum f}\) ⇒ 19.92 = \(\frac{1772+22 p}{90+p}\) ⇒ 1772 + 22p = 1792.8 + 19.92p
22p = 19.92p = 1792.8 – 1772
2.08p = 20.8
∴ p = \(\frac{20.8}{2.08}\) = \(\frac{208 \times 100}{10 \times 208}\) = 10
∴ Missing Frequency = 10

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter Chapter 18 Arithmetic Mean, Median, Mode and Quartiles Ex 18(a)

Question 18.
Calculate the Arithmetic mean, correct to one decimal place, for the following frequency distribution of marks obtained in an Arithmetic test.

Marks 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50
No. of students 2 5 20 8 7

Solution:

Marks Class Marks (x) Frequency (f) f  × x
0-10 5 2 10
10-20 15 5 75
20-30 25 20 500
30-40 35 8 280
40-50 45 7 315
Total 42 1180

Mean = \(\frac{\sum f x}{\sum f}\) = \(\frac{1180}{42}\) = 28.095 = 28.1 (approx)

Question 19.
The following table gives the marks scored by students in the examination:

Marks 0-5 5-10 10-15 15-20 20-25 25-30 30-35 35-40
No. of students 3 7 15 24 16 8 5 2

Calculate the mean mark, correct to two decimal places.
Solution:

Marks (Class) Class Marks (x) Frequency (f) Let  A = 17.5
d = x – A
f × d
0-5

5-10

10-15

15-20

20-25

25-30

30-35

35-40

2.5

7.5

12.5

A = 17.5

22.5

27.5

32.5

37.5

3

7

15

24

16

8

5

2

-15

-10

-5

0

5

10

15

20

-45

-70

-75

0

80

80

75

40

Total 80 85

A = 17.5
Mean = A + \(\frac{\sum f d}{\sum f}\) = 17.5 + \(\frac { 85 }{ 80 }\) = 17.5 + 1.06 = 18.56

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4

Utilizing OP Malhotra Class 10 Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 as a study aid can enhance exam preparation.

S Chand Class 10 ICSE Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4

Question 1.
On a bargain counter, the shopkeeper put labels on various goods showing their prices, Rs. P, where P e {real numbers}. Write a mathematical sentence for each of the following labels :
(a) more than Rs. 7.50
(b) not less than Rs. 10
(c) not more than Rs. 22
(d) less than Rs. 11
Solution:
(a) more than Rs. 7.50 : > Rs. 7.50
(b) not less than Rs. 10 : ≮ Rs. 10
(c) not more than Rs. 22 : ≯ Rs. 22
(d) less than Rs. 11 : < Rs. 11

Question 2.
You are given the following numbers :
-2.6    5.1  -3   0.4   1.2    -3.1     4.7
Fill in the blanks.
(a) A = {A : A ≤ -3} = {…..}
(b) B = {A : A ≤ 1} = {…..}
Solution:
Given numbers are ; -2.6, 5.1, -3, 0.4, 1.2, -3.1, 4.7
(a) A = {x : x ≥ -3}
= {-3, -2.6, 0.4, 1.2, 4.7, 5.1}

(b) B = {x : x ≤ 1} = {-3.1, -3, -2.6, 0.4}

Question 3.
If the replacement set is {-2, -1, +1, +2, +4, +5, +9}, what is the solution set of each of the following mathematical sentences?
(a) x + \(\frac { 3 }{ 2 }\) > \(\frac { 5 }{ 2 }\)
(b) x – 4 = – 3
(c) 2x – 5 ≥ 10
(d) 3y ÷ 2 ≤ \(\frac { 5 }{ 2 }\)
(e) 4x² = 16
Solution:
Replacement set = {-2, -1, +1, +2, +4, +5, +9}
(a) x + \(\frac { 3 }{ 2 }\) > \(\frac { 5 }{ 2 }\)
⇒ x > \(\frac { 5 }{ 2 }\) – \(\frac { 3 }{ 2 }\) ⇒ x > \(\frac { 5 – 3}{ 2 }\)
⇒ x > \(\frac { 2 }{ 2 }\) ⇒ x > 1
∴ Solution set = {+2, +4, +5, +9}

(b) x – 4 = – 3
⇒ x = – 3 + 4
⇒ x = 1
Solution set = {+1}

(c) 2x – 5 ≥ 10
⇒ 2x ≥ 10 + 5 ⇒ 2x ≥ 15
⇒ x ≥ y
⇒ A ≥ 7.5
∴ Solution set = {+9}

(d) 3y ÷ 2 ≤ \(\frac { 5 }{ 2 }\)
⇒ 3y ≤ \(\frac { 5 }{ 2 }\) x 2 ⇒ 3y ≤ 5
⇒ y ≤ \(\frac { 5 }{ 3 }\)
⇒ y ≤ 1\(\frac { 2 }{ 3 }\)
∴ Solution set = {+1, -1, -2} = {-2. -1, +1}

(e) 4x² = 16
⇒ x² = \(\frac { 16 }{ 4 }\)
⇒ x² = 4 ⇒ x² = (±2)²
∴ x = ±2,
∴ Solution set = {-2, +2}

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4

Question 4.
List the solution set of 30 – 4 (2x – 1) < 30, given that x is a positive integer.
Solution:
30 – 4 (2x – 1) < 30
⇒ 30 – 8x + 4 < 30
⇒ 34 – 8x < 30
⇒ 34 – 30 < 8x ⇒ 4 < 8x ⇒ 8A > 4 ⇒ x > \(\frac { 4 }{ 8 }\)
⇒ x > \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\)
∴ A is a positive integer,
∴ Solution set = {1, 2, 3, 4, }

Question 5.
If the replacement set is {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9}, what is the solution set of the following mathematical sentences?
(a) x + \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 }\) = \(\frac { 7 }{ 3 }\)
(b) 2x + 1 < 3 (c) x – 6 > 10 – 6
(d) x + 5 = 20
(e) 2x + 3 ≥ 17
Solution:
Replacement set = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9}
(a) x + \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 }\) = \(\frac { 7 }{ 3 }\) ⇒ x = \(\frac { 7 }{ 3 }\) – \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 }\)
⇒ x = \(\frac { 7 – 4 }{ 3 }\) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 3 }\) ⇒ x = 1
∴ Solution set = 1

(b) 2A + 1 – 1 < 3 ⇒ 2x < 3 – 1
⇒ 2A < 2 ⇒ x < \(\frac { 2 }{ 2 }\)
⇒ x < 1
∴ Solution set = {0}

(c) x – 6 > 10 – 6
⇒ x > 10 – 6 + 6
⇒ x > 10 – 12 ⇒ x > – 2
∴ Solution set = Φ {∵ – 2 ∉ to the given set}

(d) x + 5 = 20 ⇒ x = 20 – 5
⇒ x = 15
∴ Solution set = Φ {∵ 15 ∉ to the given set}

(e) 2A + 3 ≥ 17 ⇒ 2x ≥ 17 – 3
⇒ 2A ≥ 14 ⇒ x ≥ \(\frac { 14 }{ 2 }\)
⇒ A ≥ 7
∴ Solution set = {7, 8, 9}

Question 6.
(a) x ∈ {2, 4, 6, 9} and y ∈ {4, 6, 18, 27, 54}. Form all ordered pairs (x, y) such that x is a factory and x < y. (b) Find the truth set of the inequality x > y + 2 where
(x, y) ∈ {(1, 2), (2, 3), (5, 1), (7, 3), (5, 6), (6, 5)}.
Solution:
(a) x ∈ {2, 4, 6, 9} and y ∈ {4, 6, 18, 27, 54}
∵ A is a factor of y and x < y ∴ Ordered pairs will be {(2, 4), (2, 6), (2, 18), (2, 54), (6, 18), (6, 54), (9, 18), (9, 27), (9, 54)} (b) x > y + 2 where
(A, y) ∈ {(1, 2), (2, 3), (5, 1), (7, 3), (5, 6), (6, 5)}
If (A, y) = (1, 2) then 1 > 2 + 2 ⇒ 1 > 4 which is not true
If (A, y) = (2, 3) then 2 > 3 + 2 ⇒ 2 > 5 which is not true
If (A, y) = (5, 1) then 5 > 1 + 2 ⇒ 5 > 3 which is true
∴ (5, 1) is its solution
If (x, y) = (7, 3), then 7 > 3 + 2 ⇒ 7 > 5 which is true
∴ (7, 3) is its solution
If (x, y) = (5, 6). then 5 > 6 + 2 ⇒ 5 > 8 which is not true
If (x, y) = (6, 5). then 6 > 5 + 2 ⇒ 6 > 7 which is not true
∴ Solution or true set is {(5, 1), (7, 3)}

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4

Question 7.
Find out the truth sets of the following open sentences; replacement sets are given against them.
(i) \(\frac { 5 }{ x }\) > 7 ; {1, 2}
(ii) \(\frac { 5 }{ x }\) > 2; {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
(iii) x² = 9; {-3, -2, -1, 1, 2, 3}
(tv) x + \(\frac { 1 }{ x }\) = 2 ; {0, 1,2, 3}
(v) 3x² < 2x ; {-4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4}
(vi) 2 (x – 3) < 1 ; {1, 2, 3, 4, …………… 10}. Solution: (i) \(\frac { 5 }{ x }\) > 7; {1, 2}
If x = 1, then \(\frac { 5 }{ 1 }\) > 7 ⇒ 5 > 7 which is not true
If x = 2, then \(\frac { 5 }{ 2 }\) > 7 which is not true
∴ x has no solution
Solution set = Φ

(ii) \(\frac { 5 }{ x }\) > 2; {1,2, 3,4, 5,6}
If x = 1, then \(\frac { 5 }{ 1 }\) > 2 which is true 5
If x = 2, then \(\frac { 5 }{ 1 }\) > 2 which is true
If x = 3, then \(\frac { 5 }{ 2 }\) > 2 which is not true
If x = 4, then \(\frac { 5 }{ 4 }\) > 2 which is not true
If x = 5, then \(\frac { 5 }{ 5 }\) > 2 ⇒ 1 > 2 which is not true
If x = 6, then \(\frac { 5 }{ 6 }\) > 2 which is not true o
∴ Solution set = {1, 2}

(iii) x² = 9; {-3, -2, -1, 1, 2, 3}
If x = -3, then (-3)² = 9 ⇒ 9 = 9 which is true
If x = -2, then (-2)² = 9 ⇒ 4 = 9 which is not true
If x = -1, then (-1)² = 9 ⇒ 1 = 9 which is not true
If x = 1, then (1 )² – 9 ⇒ 1 =9 which is not true
If x = 2, then (2)² – 9 ⇒ 4 = 9 which is not ture
If x = 3, then (3)² = 9 ⇒ 9 which is true
∴ Solution set = {-3, 3}

(iv) x + y = 2 ; {0, 1, 2, 3}
If x = 0, then 0 + \(\frac { 1 }{ 0 }\) = 2 which is not true
If x = 1, then 1 + \(\frac { 1 }{ 1 }\) = 2 ⇒ 1 + 1 = 2 ⇒ 2 = 2 which is true
If x = 2, then 2 + \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) = 2 which not true 1
If x = 3, then 3 + \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) = 2 which is not true
∴ Solution set = {1}

(v) 3x² < 2x ; {- 4, – 3, – 2, – 1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4} If x = – 4, then 3 (- 4)² < 2 x (- 4)
⇒ 3 x 16 < – 8 ⇒ 48 < – 8 which is not true If x = – 3, then 3 (- 3)² < 2 x (- 3)
⇒ 3 x 9 < – 6 ⇒ 27 < – 6 which is not true If x = – 2, then 3 (-2)² < 2 x (-2)
⇒ 3 x 4 < – 4 ⇒ 12 < – 4 which is not true If x = – 1, then 3 (-1)² < 2 x (-1)
3 x 1 < – 2 ⇒ 3 < – 2 which is not true
If x = 0. then 3 (0)² < 2 (0) ⇒ 3 x 0 < 2 x 0 ⇒ 0 < 0 which is not true
If x = 1, then 3 (1)² <2xl⇒ 3xl<2 ⇒ 3 < 2 which is not true
If x = 2, then 3 (2)² <2×2⇒ 3×4<4 ⇒ 12 < 4 which is not true
If x = 3, then 3 (3)² <2×3⇒ 3*9<6 ⇒ 27 < 6 which is not true
If x = 4, then 3 (4)² <2×4⇒ 3xl6<8 ⇒ 48 < 8 which is not true
∴ Solution set = Φ

(vi) 2 (x – 3) < 1 ; {2, 3, 4, 10}
If x = 1. then 2 (1 – 3) < 1 ⇒ 2 x (-2) < 1
⇒ – 4 < 1 which is true
If x = 2, then 2 (2 – 3) < 1 ⇒ 2 (-1) < 1
⇒ – 2 < 1 which is true
If x = 3, then 2(3 – 3) < 1
⇒ 2 x 0 < 1
If x = 4, then 2(4 – 3) < 1 ⇒ 2 x 1
⇒ 2 < 1 which is not true
If x = 5, then 2 (5 – 3) < 1 ⇒ 2 x 2 < 1
⇒ 4 < 1 which is not true
If x = 10, then 2 (10 – 3) < 1 ⇒ 2 x 7 < 1
⇒ 14 < 1 which is not true
∴ Solution set = {1, 2, 3}

Question 8.
Statement: The sum of the lengths of any two sides of a triangle is always greater than the length of its third side. Let x, x + 1, x + 2 be the lengths of the three sides of a triangle.
(i) Write down the three inequations in x, each of which represents the given statement.
(ii) List the set of possible values of x which satisfy all the three inequations obtained in your answer to part (i) above, given that x is an integer.
Solution:
It is given that in a triangle,
Sum of any two sides is greater than the third side
Let x, x + 1 and x + 2 be the lengths of the three sides of a triangle,
(i) then the three inequations can be (a) x > 1 (b) x > 2 (c) x > 3
(ii) When x > 1, then the sides will be (2, 3, 4) When x > 2, then the sides will be (3, 4, 5) and when x > 3, then the side will be (4, 5,6)
Set of solution = {2, 3, 4, }
P.Q. P is the solution set of 8x – 1 > 5x + 2 and Q is the solution set of 7x – 2 ≥ 3 (x + 6), where x ∈ N. Find the set P ∩ Q.
Solution:
P is the solution set of 8x – 1 > 5x + 2
Q is the solution set of 7x – 2 ≥ 3 (x + 6)
Where x ∈ N.
Now 8x – 1 > 5x + 2
⇒ 8x – 5x > 2 + 1 ⇒ 3x > 3
⇒ x > \(\frac { 3 }{ 3 }\) ⇒ x > 1
∴ P = {2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, }
and 7x – 2 ≥ 3 (x + 6)
⇒ 7x – 2 ≥ 3x + 18
⇒ 7x – 3x ≥ 18 + 2 ⇒ 4x ≥ 20
⇒ x ≥ \(\frac { 20 }{ 4 }\) ⇒ x ≥ 5
∴ Q = {5, 6, 7, 8, }
∴ P ∩ Q = {5, 6, 7, 8, }

Question 9.
Answer true or false.
(a) If x + 10 = y + 14, then x > y.
(b) | – 4 | – 4 = 8.
(c) If 10 – x > 3, then x < 7. (d) If p = q + 2, then p > q.
(e) If a and b are two negative integers such that, a < b. then \(\frac { 1 }{ a }\) < \(\frac { 1 }{ a }\) (f) 3 ∈ {x : 3x – 2 > 5}.
Solution:
(a) True
∵ x + 10 = y + 14
⇒ x = y + 14 – 10
⇒ x = y + 4
∴ x > y

(b) False
∵ | – 4 | – 4 = 8
⇒ 4 – 4 = 8 and 0 = 8
Which is not possible

(c) True
∵ 10 – x > 3
∴ 10 – 3 > x ⇒ 7 > x
⇒ x < 7 (d) True ∵ p = q+ 2 ∴ p > q

(e) False
∵ a, b are two negative integers and a < b then \(\frac { 1 }{ a }\) > \(\frac { 1 }{ b }\)

(f) True
∵ 3 ∈ {x : 3x – 2 > 5}
3x – 2 ≥ 5 ⇒ 3x ≥ 5 + 2
⇒ 3x ≥ 7 ⇒ x ≥ \(\frac { 7 }{ 3 }\)
∴ Solution set = {3, 4, 5, 6, …………. } (∵ x ∈ N)

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4

Question 10.
Find the solution of the inequation 2 ≤ 2p – 3 ≤ 5.
Hence graph the solution set on the number line given below.
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 1
Solution:
2 ≤ 2p – 3 ≤ 5
(i) 2 ≤ 2p – 3
⇒ 2 + 3 < 2p
⇒ 5 ≤ 2p
⇒ \(\frac { 5 }{ 2 }\) ≤ 2p

(ii) 2p – 3 ≤ 5
⇒ 2p ≤ 5 + 3
⇒ 2p ≤ 8
⇒ p ≤ \(\frac { 8 }{ 2 }\)
⇒ p ≤ 4
From (i) and (ii)
\(\frac { 5 }{ 2 }\) ≤ P ≤ 4 ⇒ 2\(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) ≤ p ≤ 4
∴ Solution set = {2\(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) ≤ P ≤ 4, p ∈ R}
The solution set is given below on the number line.
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 2

Question 11.
If x is a negative integer, find the solution set of \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 }\) + \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) (x + 1) > 0.
Solution:
x is a negative integer
\(\frac { 2 }{ 3 }\) + \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) (x + 1) > 0.
⇒ \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 }\) + \(\frac { x }{ 3 }\) + \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) > 0.
⇒ \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 }\) + \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) + \(\frac { x }{ 3 }\) > 0.
⇒ \(\frac { 2+1 }{ 3 }\) + \(\frac { x }{ 3 }\) > 0 ⇒ 1 + \(\frac { x }{ 3 }\) > 0
⇒ \(\frac { x }{ 3 }\) > – 1 ⇒ x > – 3
∴ Solution set = {-2, -1}

Question 12.
Write open mathematical sentences, using x for the variable whose graphs would be
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 3
Solution:
(i) Here solution set = {x : x ≤ – 2, x ∈ R}
(ii) Here solution set = {x : x ≤ 4, x ∈ R}
(iii) Here solution set = {x : 4 ≤ x ≤ 5, x ∈ N}
(iv) Here solution set = {x : 1 ≤ x ≤ 5, x ∈ N, x is odd}
(v) Here solution set = (x : x > – 2, x ∈ R}

Question 13.
Answer true or false
(i) If 2 – x < 0, then x > 2
(ii) The graph of the inequation y ≤ 2x includes the origin.
Solution:
(i) True
∵ 2 – x < 0 ⇒ 2 < x ⇒ x > 2

(ii) True
∵ y ≤ 2x and origin is (0, 0)
∴ 0 ≤ 2 x 0 ⇒ 0 ≤ 0

Question 14.
If 25 – 4x ≤ 16, find :
(i) the smallest value of x when x is a real number
(ii) the smallest value of x when x is an integer.
Solution:
25 – 4x ≤ 16
⇒ 25 – 16 ≤ 4x ⇒ 9 ≤ 4x
⇒ 4x ≥ 9 ⇒ x ≥ \(\frac { 9 }{ 4 }\)
∴ Smallest value of x when x is a real number
= \(\frac { 9 }{ 4 }\) = 2\(\frac { 1 }{ 4 }\) (∵ \(\frac { 9 }{ 4 }\) is a real number)

(ii) Smallest value of x when x is a real number = 3 (∵ 3 > \(\frac { 9 }{ 4 }\))

Question 15.
Given : x ∈ {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9}, find the values of x for which – 3 < 2x – 1 < x + 4.
Solution:
– 3 < 2x – 1 < x + 4
(i) – 3 < 2x – 1 ⇒ – 3 + 1 < 2x
⇒ – 2 < 2x ⇒ \(\frac { -2 }{ 2 }\) < x ⇒ – 1 < x

(ii) 2x – 1 < x + 4 ⇒ 2x – x < 4 + 1 ⇒ x < 5
From (i) and (ii)
– 1 < x < 5
∴ Solution set will be {1, 2, 3, 4}

Question 16.
Solve the inequality : 2x – 10 < 3x – 15.
Solution:
2x – 10 < 3x – 15
⇒ – 10 + 15 < 3x – 2x
⇒ 5 < x ⇒ x > 5
∴ Solution set = {x : x > 5}

Question 17.
Solve the inequation : 3 – 2x ≥ x – 12, given that x ∈ N.
Solution:
3 – 2x ≥ x – 12
⇒ 3 + 12 ≥ x + 2x ⇒ 15 ≥ 3x
⇒ 3x ≤ 15 ⇒ x ≤ \(\frac { 15 }{ 2 }\)
⇒ x ≤ 5
∴ Solution set = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5} (∵ x ∈ N)

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4

Question 18.
x ∈ {real numbers} and – 1 < 3 – 2x ≤ 7, evaluate x and represent it on a number line.
Solution:
x ∈ {Real numbers}
-1 < 3 – 2x ≤ 7
(i) – 1 < 3 – 2x ⇒ – 1 – 3 < – 2x
⇒ – 4 < – 2x ⇒ 4 > 2x
⇒ \(\frac { 4 }{ 2 }\) x ⇒ 2 > x ⇒ x < 2

(ii) and 3 – 2x < 7 ⇒ – 2x ≤ 7 – 3
⇒ – 2x ≤ 4 ⇒ – x ≤ \(\frac { 4 }{ 2 }\) ⇒ – x ≤ 2
⇒ – 2 ≤ x
From (i) and (ii)
The solution is – 2 ≤ x < 2
Number line
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 4

Question 19.
Find the range of values of x which satisfies
– 2\(\frac { 2 }{ 3 }\) ≤ x + \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) < 3\(\frac { 1}{ 3 }\), x ∈ R
Graph these values of x on the number line.
Solution:
– 2\(\frac { 2 }{ 3 }\) ≤ x + \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) < 3\(\frac { 1}{ 3 }\)
⇒ \(\frac { -8 }{ 3 }\) ≤ x + \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) < \(\frac { 10}{ 3 }\)
(i) \(\frac { -8 }{ 3 }\) ≤ x + \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) + \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) ⇒ \(\frac { -8 }{ 3 }\) – \(\frac { 1}{ 3 }\) ≤ x
⇒ \(\frac { -9 }{ 3 }\) ≤ x ⇒ – 3 ≤ x

(ii) x + \(\frac { 1}{ 3 }\) < \(\frac { 10 }{ 3 }\) ⇒ \(\frac { 10 }{ 3 }\) – \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\)
⇒ x < \(\frac { 9 }{ 3 }\) ⇒ x < 3
From (i) and (ii)
Solution is – 3 < x < 3
Number line
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 5

Question 20.
Solve and graph the solution set of :
(a) 6 ≥ 2 – x, \(\frac { x }{ 3 }\) + 2 < 3; x ∈ R
(b) \(\frac { x }{ 2 }\) < \(\frac { 6-x }{ 4 }\), \(\frac { 2-x }{ 6 }\) < \(\frac { 7-x }{ 9 }\); x ∈ R
Solution:
(a) 6 ≥ 2 – x ⇒ 6 – 2 ≥ – x
⇒ 4 ≥ – x ⇒ x ≥ – 4 ⇒ – 4 ≤ x … (i)
and \(\frac { x }{ 3 }\) + 2 < 3 ⇒ x + 6 < 9 (Multiplying by 3)
⇒ x < 9 – 6 ⇒ x < 3 … (ii),
From (i) and (ii)
∴ Solution = – 4 ≤ x < 3
Number line
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 6

(b) \(\frac { x }{ 2 }\) < \(\frac { 6-x }{ 4 }\) ⇒ 2x < 6 – x (Multiplying by 4)
⇒ 2x + x < 6 ⇒ 3x < 6
⇒ x < \(\frac { 6 }{ 3 }\) ⇒ x < 2 … (i)
and \(\frac { 2-x }{ 6 }\) < \(\frac { 7-x }{ 9 }\)
⇒ 3 (2 – x) 2 (7 – x)
(Multiplying by L.C.M. of 6, 9 = 18)
⇒ 6 – 3x < 14 – 2x
⇒ 6 – 14 < – 2x + 3x ⇒ – 8 < x … (ii)
From (i) and (ii)
– 8 < x < 2
Number line
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 7

Question 21.
Find the range of values of x which satisfy :
\(\frac { -1 }{ 3 }\) ≤ \(\frac { x }{ 2 }\) – 1\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) < \(\frac { 1 }{ 6 }\); x ∈ R
Graph these values of x on the real number line.
Solution:
\(\frac { -1 }{ 3 }\) ≤ \(\frac { x }{ 2 }\) – 1\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) < \(\frac { 1 }{ 6 }\)
(i) \(\frac { -1 }{ 3 }\) ≤ \(\frac { x }{ 2 }\) – 1\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) ⇒ \(\frac { -1 }{ 6 }\)
Multiplying by the L.C.M. of 3, 2 = 6
– 2 < 3x – 8 ⇒ – 2 + 8 ≤ 3x
⇒ 6 ≤ 3x ⇒ \(\frac { 6 }{ 3 }\) ≤ x
⇒ 2 ≤ x …. (i)
and \(\frac { x }{ 2 }\) – 1\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) < \(\frac { 1 }{ 6 }\) ⇒ \(\frac { x }{ 2 }\) – \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 }\) < \(\frac { 1 }{ 6 }\)
Multiplying by the L.C.M. of 2, 3,6 = 6
3x – 8 < 1 ⇒ 3x < 1 + 8
⇒ 3x < 9 ⇒ x < \(\frac { 9 }{ 3 }\)
⇒ x < 3 … (ii)
from (i) and (ii)
2 ≤ x ≤ 3
∴ Number line
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 8

Question 22.
Write down the range of real values of x for which the inequation x > 3 and – 2 < x < 5 are both true.
Solution:
x > 3
3 < x … (i)
and -2 < x < 5
∴ Range = {-2, -1,0, 1, 2, 3, 4} … (ii)
∴ From (i) and (ii)
Range = {3 < x < 5; x ∈ R}

Question 23.
Solve and graph the solution set of 3x – 4 > 11 or 5 – 2x < 7; x ∈ R}
Solution:
3x – 4> 11 ⇒ 3x > 11 + 4
⇒ 3x > 15 ⇒ x > \(\frac { 15 }{ 3 }\)
⇒ x > 5 … (i)
and 5 – 2x ≥ 7 ⇒ 5 – 7 > 2x
⇒ – 2 ≥ 2x ⇒ \(\frac { -2 }{ 2 }\) > x
⇒ -1 > x
⇒ x ≤ – 1, x ∈ R … (ii)
From (i) and (ii)
x > 5 or x ≤ – 1; x ∈ R
Graph of solution
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 9

Self Evaluation And Revision (LATEST ICSE QUESTIONS)

Question 1.
Solve the following inequation and graph the solution set on the number line 2x – 3 < x + 2 ≤ 3x + 5, x ∈ R.
Solution:
2x – 3 < x + 2 ≤ 3x + 5, x ∈ R 2x – 3 < x + 2
⇒ 2x – x < 2 + 3 ⇒ x < 5 … (i)
and x + 2 ≤ 3x + 5 ⇒ 2 – 5 ≤ 3x – x
⇒ – 2 ≤ 2x ⇒ – \(\frac { 3 }{ 2 }\) ≤ x … (ii)
From (i) and (ii)
Solution: \(\left\{\frac{-3}{2} \leq x<5, x \in \mathrm{R}\right\}\)
On number line
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 10

Question 2.
Solve the inequation : 12 + 1 \(\frac { 5 }{ 6 }\) x ≤ 5 + 3x, x ∈ R. Represent the solution on a number line.
Solution:
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 11

Question 3.
Solve the inequation : – 3 ≤ 3 – 2x < 9, x ∈ R. Represent your solution on a number line.
Solution:
– 3 ≤ 3 – 2x < 9, x ∈ R
– 3 ≤ 3 – 2x
– 3 – 3 ≤ – 2x
⇒ – 6 ≤ – 2x
⇒ 2x ≤ 6 ⇒ x ≤ \(\frac { 6 }{ 2 }\)
⇒ x ≤ 3 … (i)
and 3 – 2x < 9
⇒ – 2x < 9 – 3 ⇒ – 2x < 6 ⇒ x > \(\frac { 6 }{ – 2 }\) ⇒ x > – 3
⇒ – 3 < x … (ii)
From (i) and (ii)
– 3 < x ≤ 3
∴ Solution = {x : – 3 < x ≤ 3}
On the number line
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 12

Question 4.
Find the value of x, which satisfies the inequation – 2 ≤ \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) – \(\frac { 2x }{ 3 }\) ≤ 1\(\frac { 5 }{ 6 }\), x ∈ N.
Graph the solution on the number line.
Solution:
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 13

Question 5.
Solve the following inequation, and graph the solution on the number line
(2x – 5 ≤ 5x + 4 < 11, x ∈ R)
Solution:
2x – 5 ≤ 5x + 4 < 11, x ∈ R
Now 2x – 5 ≤ 5x + 4
⇒ – 5 – 4 ≤ 5x – 2x ⇒ – 9 ≤ 3x
⇒ \(\frac { – 9 }{ 3 }\) ≤ x ⇒ – 3 ≤ x … (i)
and 5x + 4 < 11 ⇒ 5x < 11 – 4
⇒ 5x < 7 ⇒ x \(\frac { 7 }{ 5 }\) ⇒ x < 1.4 … (ii)
From (i) and (ii)
Solution = {- 3 < x < 1.4, x ∈ R}
On number line
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 14

Question 6.
Solve 2 ≤ 2x – 3 ≤ 5, x ∈ R and mark it on a number line.
Solution:
2 ≤ 2x – 3 ≤ 5, x ∈ R
Now 2 ≤ 2x – 3 ⇒ 2 + 3 ≤ 2x
⇒ 5 ≤ 2x ⇒ \(\frac { 5 }{ 2 }\) ≤ x ⇒ 2.5 ≤ x … (i)
and 2x – 3 ≤ 5 ⇒ 2x ≤ 5 + 3
⇒ 2x ≤ 8 ⇒ x ≤ \(\frac { 8 }{ 2 }\) ⇒ x ≤ 4 … (ii)
From (i) and (ii)
Solution = {2.5 ≤ x ≤ 4, x ∈ R}
On number line
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 15

Question 7.
Given that x ∈ I, solve the inequation and graph the solution on the number line. 3 ≥ \(\frac { x-4 }{ 2 }\) + \(\frac { x }{ 3 }\) ≥ 2.
Solution:
3 ≥ \(\frac { x-4 }{ 2 }\) + \(\frac { x }{ 3 }\) ≥ 2, x ∈ 1
Now 3 ≥ \(\frac { x-4 }{ 2 }\) + \(\frac { x }{ 3 }\) ⇒ 3 ≥ \(\frac{3 x-12+2 x}{6}\)
⇒ 18 ≥ 5x – 12 ⇒ 18 + 12 ≥ 5x
⇒ 30 ≥ 5x ⇒ \(\frac { 30 }{ 5 }\) ≥ x
6 ≥ x ⇒ x ≤ 6 … (i)
and \(\frac { x-4 }{ 2 }\) + \(\frac { x }{ 3 }\) ≥ 2
\(\frac{3 x-12+2 x}{6}\) ≥ 2 ⇒ 5x – 12 ≥ 12
⇒ 5x ≥ 12 + 12 ⇒ 5x ≥ 24
⇒ x ≥ \(\frac { 24 }{ 5 }\) ⇒ x ≥ 4.8
⇒ 4.8 ≤ x … (ii)
From (i) and (ii)
4.8 ≤ x ≤ 6
∵ x ∈ I
∴ Solution set = {5, 6}
On the number line
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 16

Question 8.
Give that x ∈ R, solve the following inequality and graph the solution on the number line inequality : – 1 ≤ 3 + 4x < 23.
Solution:
– 1 ≤ 3 + 4x < 23, x ∈ R
Now – 1 ≤ 3 + 4x
⇒ – 1 – 3 ≤ 4x
⇒ – 4 ≤ 4x
⇒ \(\frac { -4 }{ 4 }\) ≤ x ⇒ – 1 ≤ x … (i)
and 3 + 4x < 23 ⇒ 4x < 23 – 3
⇒ 4x < 20 ⇒ x < \(\frac { 20 }{ 4 }\) … (ii)
From (i) and (ii)
Solution : {-1 < x < 5, x ∈ R}
On the number line
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 17

Question 9.
Solve the following inequation and graph the solution on the number line :
-2\(\frac { 2 }{ 3 }\) ≤ x + \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 }\) < 3\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\); x ∈ R.
Solution:
-2\(\frac { 2 }{ 3 }\) ≤ x + \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 }\) < 3\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\); x ∈ R.
\(\frac { -8 }{ 3 }\) ≤ x + \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) < \(\frac { 10 }{ 3 }\)
Now \(\frac { -8 }{ 3 }\) ≤ x + \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) ⇒ \(\frac { -8 }{ 3 }\) – \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) ≤ x
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 18

Question 10.
Solve the given inequation and graph the solution on the number line :
2y – 3 < y + 1 ≤ 4y + 7, y ∈ R.
Solution:
2y – 3 < y + 1 ≤ 4y + 7, y ∈ R
Now 2y – 3 < y + 1
⇒ 2y – y < 1 + 3 ⇒ y < 4 … (i)
and y + 1 ≤ 4y + 7 ⇒ 1 – 7 ≤ 4y – y
⇒ – 6 ≤ 3 y ⇒ \(\frac { -6 }{ 3 }\) ≤ y
⇒ – 2 ≤ y … (ii)
From (i) and (ii)
Solution = {- 2 ≤ y < 4, y ∈ R}
On the number line
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 19

Question 11.
Solve the inequation and represent the solution set on the number line
– 3 + x ≤ \(\frac { 8x }{ 3 }\) + 2 ≤ \(\frac { 14 }{ 3 }\) + 2x, where x ∈ I.
Solution:
Given :
– 3 + x ≤ \(\frac { 8x }{ 3 }\) + 2 ≤ \(\frac { 14 }{ 3 }\) + 2x, where x ∈ I
⇒ – 3 + x ≤ \(\frac { 8x }{ 3 }\) + 2 … (i)
and \(\frac { 8x }{ 3 }\) + 2 ≤ \(\frac { 14 }{ 3 }\) + 2x … (ii)
⇒ – 5 ≤ \(\frac { 5x }{ 3 }\) and \(\frac { 2x }{ 3 }\) ≤ \(\frac { 8x }{ 3 }\)
⇒ x ≥ – 3 and x ≤ 4
∴ – 3 ≤ x ≤ 4
Solution set = {-3, -2, -1, 0, 1,2, 3, 4}
Number line
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 20

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4

Question 12.
Solve the following inequation and represent the solution set on the number line.
– 3 < – \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) – \(\frac { 2x }{ 3 }\) ≤ \(\frac { 5 }{ 6 }\), x ∈ R.
Solution:
– 3 < – \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) – \(\frac { 2x }{ 3 }\) ≤ \(\frac { 5 }{ 6 }\), x ∈ R.
⇒ – 3 < \(\frac { -3-4x }{ 6 }\) ≤ \(\frac { 5 }{ 6 }\)
⇒ – 18 < – 3 – 4x ≤ 5
⇒ – 18 + 3 < – 4x ≤ 5 + 3
⇒ – 15 < – 4x ≤ 8 ⇒ \(\frac { -15 }{ -4 }\) > x ≥ \(\frac { 8 }{ -4 }\)
⇒ \(\frac { 15 }{ 4 }\) > x ≥ – 2
⇒ 3.75 > x ≥ – 2
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 21

Question 13.
Solve the following inequation and represent the solution set on the number line
2x – 5 ≤ 5x + 4 < 11, where x ∈ 1.
Solution:
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 22

Question 14.
Solve the following inequation and represent the solution set on the number line:
4x – 19 < \(\frac { 3x }{ 5 }\) – 2 ≤ – \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 }\) + x, x ∈ R.
Solution:
we have 4x – 19 < \(\frac { 3x }{ 5 }\) – 2 ≤ – \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 }\) + x, x ∈ R.
⇒ 4x – 19 < \(\frac { 3x }{ 5 }\) – 2 and \(\frac { 3x }{ 5 }\) – 2 ≤ \(\frac { – 2 }{ 5 }\) + x, x ∈ R.
⇒ 4x – \(\frac { 3x }{ 5 }\) < 17 and – 2 + \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 }\) ≤ x – \(\frac { 3x }{ 5 }\), x ∈ R.
⇒ \(\frac { 20x – 3x }{ 5 }\) < 17 and \(\frac{-10+2}{5} \leq \frac{5 x-3 x}{5}\), x ∈ R.
⇒ \(\frac { 17x }{ 5 }\) < 17 and \(\frac { -8 }{ 5 }\) ≤ \(\frac { 2x }{ 5 }\) + x, x ∈ R.
⇒ x < 5 and – 4 ≤ x, x ∈ R.
⇒ – 4 ≤ x < 5, x ∈ R
Hence, solution set is {x: -4 ≤ x ≤ 5, x ∈ R} The solution set is represented on the number line as below:
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 23

Question 15.
Solve the following inequation, write the solution set and represent it on the number line:
\(-\frac{x}{3} \leq \frac{x}{2}-1 \frac{1}{3}<\frac{1}{6}, x \in R .\)
Solution:
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 24

Question 16.
Find the values of x, which satisfy the inequation \(-2 \frac{5}{6}<\frac{1}{2}-\frac{2 x}{3} \leq 2\), x ∈ W. Graph the solution set on the number line.
Solution:
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 25
(Solution set is shown by dots on the number line).

Question 17.
Solve the following inequation and write the solution set:
13x – 5 < 15x + 4 < 7x + 12, x ∈ R Represent the solution set on a real number line.
Solution:
13x – 5 < 15x + 4 < 7x + 12, x ∈ R
13x – 5 < 15x + 4 and 15x + 4 < 7x + 12
13x < 15x + 9 and 15x < 7x + 8
0 < 2x + 9 and 8x < 8
– 9 < 2x and x < 1
– \(\frac { 9 }{ 2 }\) < x and x < 1 9
∴ – \(\frac { 9 }{ 2 }\) < x < 1
i.e. – 4.5 < x < 1
Hence, the solution set is {x : – 4.5 < x < 1, x ∈ R}
The required line is
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 26

Question 18.
Solve the following inequation, write the solution set and represent it on the number line. – 3(x – 7) ≥ 15 – 7x > \(\frac { x+1 }{ 3 }\), x ∈ R.
Solution:
– 3(x – 7) ≥ 15 – 7x > \(\frac { x+1 }{ 3 }\)
⇒ – 3(x – 7) ≥ 15 – 7x > and 15 – 7x > \(\frac { x+1 }{ 3 }\)
⇒ – 3x + 21 ≥ 15 – 21 and 45 – 21x > x + 1
⇒ – 3x + 7x ≥ 15 – 21 and 45 – 1 > x + 2x
⇒ 4x ≥ – 6 and 44 > 22x
⇒ x ≥ \(\frac { – 3 }{ 2 }\) and 2 > x
Hence, the solution set is
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Linear Inequations in One Variable Ex 4 27

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d)

Parents can use ICSE Class 10 Maths Solutions S Chand Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) to provide additional support to their children.

S Chand Class 10 ICSE Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d)

Question 1.
Find out the median by plotting the following in the form of an ogive, where ‘m’ denotes the mid-mark of a class :

m 12.5 17.5 22.5 27.5 32.5 37.5 42.5 47.5 52.5
f 2 22 19 14 3 4 6 1 1

Solution:
∵ 12.5, 17.5, etc. are class marks
∴ The corresponding classes will be 10-15, 15-20, etc.

Class m f c.f
10-15 12.5 2 2
15-20 17.5 22 24
20-25 22.5 19 43
25-30 27.5 14 57
30-35 32.5 3 60
35-40 37.5 4 64
40-45 42.5 6 70
45-50 47.5 1 71
50-55 52.5 1 72

Plot the points (15, 2), (20, 24), (25, 43), (30, 57), (35, 60), (40, 64), (45, 70), (50, 71), (55, 72) on the graph and join them with free hand to get on ogive as shown.
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 1
Here n = 72 which is even
∴ Median = \(\frac { n }{ 2 }\)
= \(\frac { 72 }{ 2 }\) = 36
From 36 on 7-axis, draw a line parallel to x-axis which meets the curve at P. From P, draw a perpendicular, to x-axis which meet it at M which is median.
∴ Median = 23.5 (approx)

Question 2.
From the data given below draw an ogive and find the values of median and quartiles from the graph.

Years under 10 20 30 40 50 60
Number of persons 12 31 44 55 65 70

Solution:
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 2

Years under 10 20 30 40 50 60
Number of persons(c.f.) 12 31 44 55 65 70

Now plot the points (10, 12), (20, 31), (30, 44), (40, 55), (50, 65) and (60, 70) on the graph and join them with free hand to get an ogive as shown.

(i) Herein = 70
∴ Median = \(\frac { n }{ 2 }\) = \(\frac { 70 }{ 2 }\)th = 35th term.
From 35 (A) on y-axis, draw a line parallel to x-axis meeting the curve at P and from P, draw PL ⊥ x-axis
∴ L is the median which is = 23 years
∴Meadian = 23 years

(ii) First Quartile (Q1) = \(\frac { n }{ 4 }\) = \(\frac { 7 0 }{ 4 }\) = 17.5
From 17.5 (B) on y-axis, draw a line parallel to x-axis meeting the curve at Q and from Q, draw QM ⊥ x-axis
∴ M is the Q1 which is 13 years

(iii) Similarly for Q3 = \(\frac { 3n }{ 4 }\) = \(\frac { 3×40 }{ 4 }\) = \(\frac { 210 }{ 4 }\) = 52.5
From 52.5 (C) on y-axis, draw a line parallel to x-axis meeting the curve at R and from R, RN ⊥ x-axis
Then N is the Q3 which is = 37 years

Question 3.
From the following find out the median with the help of ogive curve :

Profit per shop less than 10 20 30 40 50 60
No. of shops 12 30 57 77 94 100

Solution:
Plot the points (10, 12), (20, 30), (30, 57), (40, 77), (50, 94) and (60, 100) on the graph and join them to get an ogive.
Here n = 100
∴ Median = \(\frac { n }{ 2 }\) =\(\frac { 100 }{ 2 }\)th = 50
From 50 (A) on y-axis, draw a line parallel to x-axis which meet the curve at P From P, draw PL ⊥ x-axis which meet it at L
L is the median which is 27.8 (approx)
∴ Median 27.8 or = 28 (approx)
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 3

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d)

Question 4.
The following are the marks obtained by 50 students in Statistics :

Marks less than 10 20 30 40 50 60
No. of students 4 10 30 40 47 50

Draw an ogive and find the median marks from it.
Solution:
Plot the points (10, 4), (20, 10), (30, 30), (40, 40), (50, 47) and (60, 50) on the graph and join them with free hand to get an ogive as shown on the graph,
Here n = 50
∴ Median = \(\frac { 50 }{ 2 }\) = 25th
From 25 on y-axis, draw a line parallel to x-axis which meets the curve at P. From P, draw a line perpendicular to x-axis which meet it at L
L is the median which is 27.8 = 28
Hence median = 28
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 4

Question 5.
100 pupils in a school have heights as tabulated below :

Height in cm 121-130 131-140 141-150 151-160 161-170 171-180
No. of pupils 12 16 30 20 14 8

Draw the ogive for the above data and from it determine the median. (Use graph paper).
Solution:
Writing the given class-interval in exclusive form,

Height (in cm)

(class)

Frequency

(f)

c.f.
120.5-130.5 12 12
130.5-140.5 16 28
140.5-150.5 30 58
150.5-160.5 20 78
160.5-170.5 14 92
170.5-180.5 8 100

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 5
Plot the points (130.5,12), (140.5,28), (150.5,58), (160.5,78), (170.5,92) and (180.5,100) on the graph and join them with free hand to get an ogive as shown.
Here n = 100
∴ Median =\(\frac { n }{ 2 }\) = \(\frac { 100 }{ 2 }\) =50th
∴ From 50 on y-axis, draw a line parallel to x-axis which meets the curve at P From P, draw PL ⊥x-axis
Then L is the median which is =147.8
= 148 (approx)
∴ Median =148 (approx)

Question 6.
Draw an ogive curve from the following data and find out (a) the median wage and (b) number of workers earning less than Rs. 55 per week :

Weekly wages (Rs.) 0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80 80-100
No. of workers 40 51 60 38 7

Solution:

Weekly wages No. of workers (f) c.f.
0-20 40 40
20-40 51 91
40-60 60 151
60-80 38 189
80-100 7 196

We plot the points (20, 40), (40, 91), (60, 151), (80, 189) and (100, 196) on the graph and join them with free hand to get an ogive as shown Here n= 196
∴ Median = \(\frac { n }{ 2 }\) = \(\frac { 196 }{ 2 }\) =98
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 6
From 98 on y-axis, draw a line parallel to x-axis is which meets the curve at P. From P, draw PL ⊥ x-axis
Then L is the median which is
∴ Median =42.3

(ii) From 55 on x-axis, draw a perpendicular on x-axis which meets the curve at Q. From Q, draw a line parallel to x-axis which meets y-axis at B
Then B =136
∴ Number of workers getting less then Rs. 55 per week =136

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d)

Question 7.
Represent the following data by a cumulative frequency curve and locate the median and quartiles graphically :

Income (Rs.) 50-60 40-50 30-40 20-30 10-20 0-10
No. of persons 100 200 200 150 100 50

Solution:
Rewriting the data in order

Income (Rs.) 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60
No. of persons 50 100 150 200 200 100

Now writing in c.f.

Income (Rs.) No. of persons
(f)
c.f.
0-10 50 50
10-20 100 150
20-30 150 300
30-40 200 500
40-50 200 700

Plot the points (10, 50), (20, 150), (3o, 300), (40, 500), (50, 700) and (60, 800) on the graph and join them with free hand to get an ogive as shown Here n = 800
∴ Median = \(\frac { n }{ 2 }\)th = \(\frac { 800 }{ 2 }\)th = 400th term
From 400 on y-axis, draw a line parallel to x-axis which meets the curve at P. From P, draw PL ⊥ x-axis
∴ L is the median which is 35
Hence median = Rs. 35
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 7
(i) Q1 = \(\frac { n }{ 4 }\) = \(\frac { 800 }{ 4 }\) = 200
From 200 on y-axis, draw a line parallel to x-axis which meets the curve at Q.
From Q draw QM ⊥ x-axis
∴ M is the Q1 which is 23

(ii) Q3 = \(\frac { 3n }{ 4 }\) = \(\frac { 3×800 }{ 4 }\) = 600
From 600 on y-axis, draw a line parallel to income in Rs. x-axis which meets the curve at R. From R, draw RN ⊥ x-axis
Then N is Q3 which is 45
Hence Q1 = Rs. 23 and Q3 = Rs. 45

Question 8.
Draw the ogive for the following frequency distribution. Estimate the median from your graph :

Class 1-10 11-20 21-30 31-40 41-50 51-60 61-70
Frequency 2 5 7 12 8 7 4

Solution:
Writing the class in exclusive form, and in c.f.

Class Frequency c.f.
0.5-10.5 2 2
10.5-20.5 5 7
20.5-30.5 7 14
30.5-40.5 12 26
40.5-50.5 8 34
50.5-60.5 7 41
60.5-70.5 4 45

Plot the points (10.5, 2), (20.5, 7), (30.5, 14), (40.5, 26), (50.5, 34), (60.5, 41) and (70.5, 45) on the graph and join them with free hand to get an ogive as shown Here n = 45 which is odd
∴ Median = \(\frac { n + 1 }{ 2 }\)th = \(\frac { 45 + 1 }{ 2 }\) = 23th
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 8
From 23 on y-axis, draw a line parallel to x-axis which meets the curve at P.
From P, draw PL ⊥ x-axis, then L is the median which is (38.1)
Hence median = 38.1

Question 9.
Attempt this question on graph paper.

Age (yrs) 5-15 15-25 25-35 35-45 45-55 55-65 65-75
No. of casualties 6 10 15 13 24 8 7

due to accidents
(i) Construct the ‘less than’ cumulative frequency curve for the above data, using 2 cm = 10 years, on one axis and 2 cm = 10 casualties on the other.
(ii) From your graph determine.
(a) The median and
(b) the upper quartile
Solution:

Age (in years) No. of casulaties
(f)
c.f.
5-15 6 6
15-25 10 16
25-35 15 31
35-45 13 44
45-55 24 68
55-65 8 76
65-75 7 83

Plot the points (15, 6), (25, 16), (35, 31), (45, 44), (55, 68), (65, 76) and (75, 83) on the graph and join them with free hand to form an ogive (less than)
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 9
(i) Median, Here n = 83
∴ \(\frac { n }{ 2 }\) = \(\frac { 83 }{ 2 }\) = 41.5
From 41.5 on y-axis, draw a line parallel to x-axis meeting the curve at P.
From P draw a perpendicular PM on x-axis
M is the median which is 43 years.

(ii) Upper quartile (Q3) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 }\) × n = \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 }\) × 83
= \(\frac { 249 }{ 4 }\) = 62.25

From 62.25 ony-axis, draw a line parallel to x-axis meeting the curve at Q. From Q, draw a perpendicular on x-axis meeting it at N.
N is the upper quardant which is 52 years
∴ Q3 = 52 years

Question 10.
Marks scored by 400 students in an examination are as follows :

Marks 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 70-80 80-90 90-100
No. of students 10 20 22 40 55 75 80 58 28 12

Draw an ogive and from it determine:
(i) the median mark,
(ii) pass marks if 80% of the students pass examination.
Solution:

Marks No. of casulaties c.f.
0-10 10 10
10-20 20 30
20-30 22 52
30-40 40 92
40-50 55 147
50-60 75 222
60-70 80 302
70-80 58 360
80-90 28 388
90-100 12 400

Plot the points (10, 10), (20, 30), (30, 52), (40, 92), (50,. 147), (60, 222), (70, 302), (80, 360), (90, 388), (100,400) on the graph and join them with free hand to form an ogive as shown below:
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 10
Here n = 400

(i) Median = \(\frac { n }{ 2 }\) = \(\frac { 400 }{ 2 }\) = 200
From 200 (A) on y-axis draw a line parallel to x-axis is meeting the curve at P. From P, draw a perpendicular on x-axis meeting it at M.
M is median which is 57.5
∴ Median = 257.5
∵ 80% students passed

(ii) No. of students passed = 80% of 400 = \(\frac { 80 }{ 100 }\) × 400 = 320
∴ No. of students who did not pass = 400 – 320 = 80
From a point 80 on y-axis, draw a line parallel to x-axis meeting the curve at Q.
From Q1 draw a line perpendicular to x-axis meeting at N. Then N is the required pass marks.
Which is 36
∴ Pass marks = 36%

Question 11.
Draw an ogive for the following frequency distribution. Use your ogive to estimate
(i) the median
(ii) the number of students who obtained more than 75% marks (use square paper to solve this question).

Marks 0-9 10-19 20-29 30-39 40-49 50-59 60-69 70-79 80-89 90-99
No. of students 5 9 16 22 26 18 11 6 4 3

Solution:
Writing the classes in exclusive form,

Marks No. of casulaties
(f)
c.f.
0.5-9.5 5 5
9.5-19.5 9 14
19.5-29.5 16 30
29.5-39.5 22 52
39.5-49.5 26 78
49.5-59.5 18 96
59.5-69.5 11 107
69.5-79.5 6 113
79.5-89.5 4 117
89.5-99.5 3 120

Now plot the points (9.5, 5), (19.5, 14), (29.5, 30), (39.5, 52), (49.5, 78), (59.5, 96), (69.5, 107), (79.5, 113), (89.5, 117), and (99.5, 120) on the graph and join them with free hand to get an ogive as shown below :
Here n = 120
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 11
(i) Median: \(\frac { n }{ 2 }\) = \(\frac { 120 }{ 2 }\) = 60
From 60 on the y-axis draw a line parallel to x-axis meeting the curves at P. From P, draw a perpendicular on x-axis meeting it at M.
M is the median which is 43
∴ Median = 43

(ii) From 75 on the x-axis draw a line parallel toy-axis meeting the curve at Q. From Q, draw a line perpendicular to y-axis meeting at N.
Now Q = 110
Total no. of students getting more them 75% marks = 120 – 110= 10

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d)

Question 12.
In a public collection towards the erection of a memorial, 1000 people contributed sums of money varying from Rs. 1 to Rs. 100 (in units of Re. 1). The following table gives the frequency distribution of contribution :

Contribution in Rs.) No. of people Contribution (in Rs.) No. of people
1-10 30 51-60 180
11-20 60 61-70 140
21-30 80 71-80 70
31-40 170 81-90 40
41-50 200 91-100 30

Using a suitable scale, draw on graph paper an ogive (cumulative frequency graph) and use it to answer the following :
(i) Estimate the median.
(ii) If it is agreed to allow only those who contributed Rs. 45 or more to attend the unveilling ceremony, what percentage would attend ?
Solution:
Writing the classes in exclusive forms

Contribution (in Rs.) No. of people (f) c.f.
0.5-10.5 30 30
10.5-20.5 60 90
20.5-30.5 80 170
30.5-40.5 170 340
40.5-50.5 200 540
50.5-60.5 180 720
60.5-70.5 140 860
70.5-80.5 70 930
80.5-90.5 40 970
90.5-100.5 30 1000

Plot the points (10.5, 30), (20.5, 90), (30.5, 170), (40.5, 340), (50.5, 540), (60.5, 720), (70.5, 860), (80.5, 930), (90.5, 970) and (100.5, 1000) on the graph and join them with free hand to get an ogive as shown.
Here n = 1000
∴ Median = \(\frac { n }{ 2 }\) = \(\frac { 1000 }{ 2 }\) = 500th term
From 500 on y-axis; draw a line parallel to x-axis which meets the curve at P. From P, draw PL ⊥ x-axis then L is the median which is 49
∴ Median = 49 rupees

(ii) From Rs. 45 on x-axis, draw a perpendicular which meets the curve at Q and from Q, draw a parallel line to x-axis which meets y-axis at B Then B is 440
∴ Persons who could attend the ceremony = 1000 – 440 = 560
Percentage = \(\frac { 560 × 100 }{ 1000 }\) = 56%
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 12

Self-Evaluation and Revision (LATEST ICSE QUESTIONS)

Question 1.
Draw a histogram to represent the following data :

Pocket money (in ₹) No. of students
150-200 10
200-250 5
250-300 7
300-350 4
350-400 3

Solution:

Pocket money (in ₹) No. of students
150-200 10
200-250 5
250-300 7
300-350 4
350-400 3

Represent the pocket money along x-axis
and number of students along y-axis and
form the histogram as shown
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 13

Question 2.
Using a graph paper, draw an Ogive for the following distribution which shows a record of the weight in kilogram of 200 students.

Weight 40-45 45-50 50-55 55-60 60-65 65-70 70-75 75-80
Frequency 5 17 22 45 51 31 20 9

Use the ogive to estimate the following :
(i) The percentage of students weighing 55 kg or more;
(ii) The weight above which the heaviest 30% of the students fall;
(iii) The number of students who are
(1) under weight
(2) over weight, if 55.70 kg is considered as the standard weight.
Solution:

Weight Frequency c.f.
40-45 5 5
45-50 17 22
50-55 22 44
55-60 45 89
60-65 51 140
65-70 31 171
70-75 20 191

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 14
Plot the points (45, 5), (50, 22), (55, 44), (60, 89), (65, 140), (70, 171), (75, 191) and (80, 200) on the graph and join them with free hand to get an ogive as shown
From 55 on x-axis, draw a perpendicular which meets the curve at A. From A, draw a line parallel to x-axis which meets j’-axis at D which is 44.

(i) Percentage number of students weighing 55 kg or more = 200 – 44 = 156 (From ogive)
∴ Percentage = \(\frac { 156 × 100 }{ 200 }\) = 78%

(ii) The weight above which the heaviest 30% of the students fall = \(\frac { 200 × 30 }{ 100 }\) = 60
∴ Heighest students from the graph will be 65 kg and more upto 80 kg = 31 + 20 + 9 = 60

(iii) Number of students who are under weight i.e. below 55.70 kg = 47
Over weight i.e. above 55.70 kg = 200 – 47 = 153

Question 3.
If the mean of the following distribution is 7.5 find the missing frequency f:

Variable 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Frequency 20 17 f 10 8 6 7 6

Solution:

Variable (x) Frequency (f) f x
5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

20

17

f

10

8

6

7

6

100

102

7 f

80

72

60

77

72

Total 74+f 563+7 f

Here mean = 7.5
But mean = \(\frac{\sum f x}{\sum f}\)
∴ 7.5 = \(\frac{563+7 f}{74+f} \)
⇒ 7.5 (74 + f) = 563 + 7f ⇒ 555 + 7.5f = 563 + 7f ⇒ 7.5f – 7f = 563 – 555
⇒ 0.5f = 8 ⇒ f = \(\frac { 8 }{ 0.5 }\) = \(\frac { 8 × 10 }{ 5 }\) = \(\frac { 8 × 2 }{ 1 }\) ⇒ f = 16

Question 4.
The median of the following observation 11, 12, 14, 18, (x + 4), 30, 32, 35, 41 arranged in ascending order is 24. Find x.
Solution:
Here n = 9 which is odd
∴ Median = \(\frac { n+ 1 }{ 2 }\)th term = \(\frac { 9 + 1 }{ 2 }\) = 5th term, which is x + 4
∴ x + 4 = 24 ⇒ x = 24 – 4 = 20
∴ x = 20

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d)

Question 5.
Find the mean of the following distribution :

Class interval 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 70-80
Frequency 10 6 8 12 5 9

Solution:

Class interval Mid value (x) Frequency (f) f.x.
20-30

30-40

40-50

50-60

60-70

70-80

25

35

45

55

65

75

10

6

8

12

5

9

250

210

360

660

325

675

Total 50 2480

∴ Mean = \(\frac{\sum f x}{\sum f}\) = \(\frac{2480}{50}\) = 49.6

Question 6.
The daily wages of 160 workers in a building project are given below :

Wages in Rs. 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 70-80
No. of workers 12 20 30 38 24 16 12 8

Using a graph, draw an ogive for the above distribution. Use your ogive to estimate :
(i) the median wage of the workers;
(ii) the upper quartile wage of the workers;
(iii) the lower quartile wage of the workers;
(iv) the percentage of workers who earn more than Rs. 45 a day.
Solution:

Wages (in Rs.) No. of workers (f) c.f.
0-10

10-20

20-30

30-40

40-50

50-60

60-70

70-80

12

20

30

38

24

16

12

8

12

32

62

100

124

140

152

160

Plot the points (10, 12), (20, 32), (30, 62), (40, 100), (50, 124), (60, 140), (70, 152) and (80, 160) on the graph and join them with free hand to get an ogive as shown (i) Here n = 160
∴ Median = \(\frac{ n }{ 2 }\) = \(\frac{ 160 }{ 2 }\) = 80th
From 80 on y-axis, draw a line parallel to x-axis meeting the curve at P. From P, draw PL perpendicular on x-axis which meets it at L.
L is median which is 35
∴ Median = Rs. 35
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 15

(ii) Upper quartile (Q3) = \(\frac{3n}{4}\)
= \(\frac{3}{4}\) × 160 = 120
From 120 on y-axis, draw a parallel line to x-axis which meets the curve at Q. From Q, draw perpendicular on x-axis meeting it at M
M is Q3 which is 47.50
∴ Upper quartile (Q3) = Rs. 47.50

(iii) Lower quartile (Q1) = \(\frac{ 1 }{ 4 }\)n = \(\frac{ 1 }{ 4 }\) × 160 = 40
From 40 on j-axis, draw a line parallel to x-axis meeting the curve at R. From R, draw a perpendicular on x-axis meeting it at N.
N is the lower quartile (Q1) which is 22.5
∴ Lower quartile (Q1) = Rs. 22.5

(iv) Number of workers earning more than Rs. 45 per day
From 45 on x-axis, draw a perpendicular which i.-.eets the curve at B. From B, draw a line parallel to x-axis meeting 7-axis at C which is 112
∴ Number of workers getting more than Rs. 45 = 160 – 112 = 48
Percentage = \(\frac{ 48 × 100 }{ 160 }\) = 30%

Question 7.
Find the mean of the following distribution :

Class inverval 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50
Frequency 10 6 8 12 5

Solution:

Class interval Mid value {x} Frequency (f) f.x
0-10

10-20

20-30

30-40

40-50

5

15

25

35

45

10

6

8

12

5

50

90

200

420

225

 Total 41 985

∴ Mean = \(\frac{\sum f x}{\sum f}\) = \(\frac{985}{41}\) = 24.02

Question 8.
The table below shows the distributions of the scores obtained by 120 shooters in a shooting competition. Using a graph sheet, draw in ogive for the distributions.

Scores obtained 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 70-80 80-90 90-100
No. of shooters 5 9 16 22 26 18 11 6 4 3

Use your ogive to estimate : (i) The median (ii) The inter quartile range (iii) The number of shooters who obtained more than 75% scores.
Solution:

Score obtained
(class interval)
Number of students
(f)
c.F.
0-10 5 5
10-20 9 14
20-30 16 30
30-40 22 52
40-50 26 78
50-60 18 96
60-70 11 107
70-80 6 113
80-90 4 117
90-100 3 120

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 16
Plot the points (10, 5), (20, 14). (30, 30). (40, 52), (50, 78), (60, 96), (70, 107), (80, 113), (90, 117), and (100, 120) on the graph and join them with free hand to get an ogive as shown below Here n = 120

(i) Median = \(\frac{n}{2}\)th = \(\frac{120}{2}\) = 60th term
From 60 on y-axis draw a line parallel to.x-axis meeting the curve at P. From P, draw a perpendi-cular to x-axis meeting it at L. L, is median which is 43
∴ Median = 43

(ii) Inner quartile (Q1) = \(\frac{n}{4}\)th = \(\frac{120}{4}\) = 30 th term
From 30 on y-axis draw a line parallel to x-axis meeting the curve at Q. From Q, draw perpendi-cular on x-axis meeting it at M.
M is Q1 which is 30
Upper quartile (Q3) = \(\frac{3n}{4}\)th = \(\frac{3×120}{4}\)th = 90th term
From 90 on y-axis, draw a line parallel to x-axis meeting the curve at R. From R draw perpendi-cular on x-axis meeting it at N. Then N is Q3 which is 57
∴ Q3 = 57
Now interquartile range = Q3 – Q1 = 57 – 30 = 27

(iii) No. of shooter getting more then 75% score
From 75 on x-axis, draw a perpendicular meeting the curve at B and from B, draw a line parallel to x-axis meeting v-axis at C.
C is 110
∴ Number of shooter getting more them 75% score = 120 – 110= 10

Question 9.
Using a graph paper, draw an Ogive for the following distribution which shows the marks obtained in the General Knowledge Paper by 100 students.

Marks 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 70-80
No. of students 5 10 20 25 15 12 4 9

(i) the median,
(ii) the number of students who score marks above 65.
Solution:

Marks Number of students
(f)
c.f.
0-10 5 5
10-20 10 15
20-30 20 35
30-40 25 60
40-50 15 75
50-60 12 87
60-70 4 91
70-80 9 100

Plot the points (10, 5), (20, 15), (30, 35), (40, 60), (50, 75), (60, 87), (70, 91), (80, 100) on the graph and join them with free hand to get an ogive as shown on the graph Here n = 100

(i) Median = \(\frac { n }{ 2 }\) = \(\frac { 100 }{ 2 }\) = 50
From 50 on y-axis, draw a line parallel to x-axis meeting the curve at P.
From P, draw a perpendi-cular on x-axis meeting it at L.
L is median which is 35
∴ Median = 35 marks
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 17
(ii) Number of students getting more than 65 marks
From 65 on x-axis, draw a perpendicular meeting the curve at Q. From Q, draw a line parallel to x-axis meeting y-axis at M. M is 90
∴ Number of students getting above 65% marks = 100 – 90 = 10

Question 10.
The weights of 50 apples were recorded as given below. Calculate the mean weight, to the nearest gram, by step deivation method.

Weight in grams Number of apples
80-85 5
85-90 8
90-95 10
95-100 12
100-105 8
105-110 4
110-115 3

Solution:

Weight (in gm) Mid values (x) No. of apples (f) A = 97.5
d = x – A
f.d.
80-85

85-90

90-95

95-100

100-105

105-110

110-115

82.5

87.5

92.5

A=97.5

102.5

107.5

112.5

5

8

10

12

8

4

3

-15

-10

-5

0

5

10

15

-75

-80

-50

0

40

40

45

Total 50 -80

Mean = A + \(\frac{\sum f d}{\sum f}\) = 97.5 + \(\frac{-80}{50}\) = 97.5 – 1.6 = 95.9

Question 11.
Find the mean, median and mode of the following distribution :
8, 10, 7, 6, 10, 11, 6, 13, 10
Solution:
Mean = \(\frac{8+10+7+6+10+11+6+13+10}{9}\) = \(\frac{81}{9}\) = 9
arranging given nos. in ascending order.
6, 6, 7, 8. 10. 10, 10, 11, 13
Median = \(\frac{n+1}{2}\) th term = \(\frac{9+1}{2}\) = 5th term which is 10
∴ Median = 10
Mode = 10 (having highest frequency 3 times)

Question 12.
The following table gives the wages of workers in a factory.

Wages in Rs. 45-50 50-55 55-60 60-65 65-70 70-75 75-80
No. of workers 5 8 30 25 14 12 6

Calculate the mean by the short-cut method.
Solution:

Wages in Rs. No. of Workers (f) Mid. mark x d = (x – A) f × d
45-50

50-55

55-60

60-65

65-70

70-75

75-80

5

8

30

25

14

12

6

47.5

52.5

57.5

62.5 = A

67.5

72.5

77.5

-15

-10

-5

0

5

10

15

-75

-80

-150

0

70

120

90

Total Σf =100 Σ fd = -25

Mean = A + \(\frac{\sum f d}{\sum f}\) = 62.5 + \(\frac{-25}{100}\) = 62.50 – 25 = 62.25

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d)

Question 13.
Attempt this question on graph paper. Marks obtained by 200 students in an examination are given below :

Marks 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 70-80 80-90 90-100
No. of students 5 10 14 21 25 34 36 27 16 12

Draw an Ogive for the given distribution taking 2 cm = 10 marks. On one axis and 2 cm = 20 students on the other axis. From the graph, find :
(i) The Median
(ii) The upper Quartile
(iii) Number ofstudents scoring above 65 marks;
(iv) If 10 students qualify for merit scholarship, find the minimum marks required to qualify.
Solution:

Marks No. of Students (fi) c.f.
0-10

10-20

20-30

30-40

40-50

50-60

60-70

70-80

80-90

90-100

5

10

14

21

25

34

36

27

16

12

5

15

29

50

75

109

145

172

188

200

No. of students (n) = 200
Plots the points (10. 5), (20, 15), (30, 29), (40, 50), (50, 75), (60, 109), (70, 145), (80, 172), (90, 188), (100, 200) on the graph and join them with free hand to get an ogive.

Mark a point P on y-axis corresponding to \(\frac{N}{2}\)
i.e., = \(\frac{200}{2}\) = 100
Draw PQ || x-axis, meeting the curve at Q.
Draw QR ⊥ x-axis, then the abscissa of R is 57
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 18
(i) ∴ Median = 57 marks
(ii) Mark a point A on y-axis corresponding to \(\frac{3N}{4}\) i.e., \(\frac{600}{4}\) = 150

Draw AB || x-axis, meeting the curve at B.
Draw BC ⊥ x-axis. then the abscissa of C is 72
∴ Upper quartile = 72 marks

(iii) From the graph, we have
No. of students scoring above 65 marks are (200 – 126) = 74

(iv) Minimum marks required to qualify are 92
⇒ The students from 191 to 200 (not the 190th student) qualify for merit scholarship. From point F on the y-axis indicating 190, draw a horizontal line meeting the Ogive at G. From G, draw a vertical line meeting x-axis at FI which indicates 91 marks.
Since the 190th student does not qualify for merit scholarship, so all students next to him who score more than 91 mark qualify for the scholarship.
Hence, the minimum marks required to qulify for merit scholarship = 92.

Question 14.
In a school the weekly pocket money of 50 students is as follows.

Weekly pocket money in Rs. 40-50 50-60 60-70 70-80 80-90 90-100
No. of students 2 8 12 14 8 6

Draw an histogram and a frequency polygon on the same graph. Find the mode from this graph.
Solution:
The frequency distribution table is as under:

Weekly pocket money (in Rs.) Class mark No. of students
40-50

50-60

60-70

70-80

80-90

90-100

45

55

65

75

85

95

2

8

12

14

8

6

Draw the histogram by taking ‘weekly pocket money along .Y-axis and no. of students along r-axis.

The frequency polygon is obtained by joining the consecutive mid-points of the upper sides (tops) of the adjacent rectangle of the histogram by means of line segments.

Now, join the two vertices A and B of the highest rectangle, diagonally to the upper corners C and D of the adjacent rectangles on either side of the highest rectangles, by line segments AC and BD. Let AC and BD intersect at L.
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 19
From L, draw the perpendicular LM on the horizontal line-the x-axis. Then, the abscissa of the point M, i.e.; OM = 72.5 determines the mode.
Hence, the required mode is Rs. 72.50

Question 15.
The distribution given below shows the marks obtained by 25 students in an aptitude test. Find the mean, median and mode of the distribution.

Marks obtained 5 6 7 8 9 10
No. of students 3 9 6 4 2 1

Solution:

Marks obtained (xi) No. of students (fi) Cumulative frequency (c,f) fi xi
5 3 3 15
6 9 12 54
7 6 18 42
8 4 22 32
9 2 24 18
10 1 25 10
Total Σfi = 25 Σfi xi =171

Mean
\(\bar{x}\) = \(\frac{\Sigma f_i}{x_i} \Sigma f_i\) = \(\frac { 171 }{ 25 }\)
\(\bar{x}\) = 6.84
Number of terms = 25 (odd)
Mean = \(\left(\frac{25+1}{2}\right)\)th term = \(\left(\frac{26}{2}\right)\)th term = 13th term
∴ Median = 7
Mode = Marks with maximum frequency is 6
∴ Mode = 6

Question 16.
The mean of the following distribution is 52 and the frequency of class interval 30-40 is ‘f’. Find ‘f’.

Class Interval 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 70-80
Frequency 5 3 f 7 2 6 13

Solution:

Class interval Frequency (fi) Class mark (xi) fixi
10-20 5 15 75
20-30 3 25 75
30-40 f 35 35 f
40-50 7 45 315
50-60 2 55 110
60-70 6 65 390
70-80 13 75 975
Σfi = 36 + f Σfixi = 1940 + 35f

Now, \(\bar{x}\) = \(\frac{\Sigma f_i x_i}{\Sigma f_i}\)
⇒ 52 = \(\frac{1940+35 f}{36+f}\) ⇒ 52(36 + f) = 1940 + 35f
⇒ 1872 + 52f = 1940 + 35f ⇒ 52f – 35f = 1940 – 1872
⇒ 17f = 68
⇒ f = \(\frac{68}{17}\)
⇒ f = 4

Question 17.
The monthly income of a group of 320 employees in a company is given below :

Monthly Income in Rs. No. of Employees
6000-7000 20
7000-8000 45
8000-9000 65
9000-10000 95
10000-11000 60
11000-12000 30
12000-13000 5

Draw an ogive of the given distribution on a graph sheet taking 2 cm = Rs. 1000 on one axis and 2 cm = 50 employees on the other axis.
From the graph to determine.
(i) The median wage
(ii) the number of employees whose income is below Rs. 8500.
(iii) If the salary of a senior employee is above Rs. 11,500, find the number of senior employees in the company.
(iv) the upper quartile.
Solution:

Monthly Income in Rs. (c) No. of Employees (f) c.f.
6000-7000

7000-8000

8000-9000

9000-10000

10000-11000

11000-12000

12000-13000

20

45

65

95

60

30

5

20

65

130

225

285

315

320

Total 320

Plot the point (7000, 20), (8000, 65), (9000, 130), (10,000, 225) (11000, 285) (12,000, 315), (13,000, 1320) on the graph and join them with free hand to get an ogive as shown below
Here n = 320
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 20
(i) For median wage, Take OP = \(\frac{320}{2}\) = 160
on y-axis
Draw a line PQ || x-axis and from Q,
draw QM ⊥ x-axis, abcissa of M point is 9400
⇒ Median = Rs. 9400

(ii) Take OM’ = 8500 on x-axis. Draw Q’M’ || to y-axis and P’Q’ || x-axis
Where ordinate of P’ is 90
There are approximately 90 employees whose monthly wage is below Rs. 8500

(iii) There are approximately 20 employees whose salary is above Rs. 11500.

(iv) Upper quartile

Mark a point A on y-axis on \(\frac{3N}{4}\) = \(\frac{3 × 320}{4}\) = 240 and draw a line AB || x-axis, then draw BB’ ⊥ x-axis abscissa of B’ is upper quartile i.e., Rs. 10200.

Question 18.
A Mathematics aptitude test of 50 students was recorded as follows :

Marks 50-60 60-70 70-80 80-90 90-100
No. of Students 4 8 14 19 5

Draw a histogram for the above data using a graph paper and locate the mode.
Solution:
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 21
Represent marks along x-axis and students on y-axis and draw histogram as shown in the graph. In the highest rectangle. join A to C and B to D which intersect each other at P. From P, draw PQ perpendicular on x-axis meeting it at Q
Q is the mode which is 82.5
Hence, the required mode is 82.5

Question 19.
(a) (i) Using step-deviation method, calculate the mean marks of the following distribution.
(ii) State the modal class.

Class Interval 50-55 55-60 60-65 65-70 70-75 75-80 80-85 85-90
Frequency 5 20 10 10 9 6 12 8

Solution:

C.I. Xi Fi Assumed mean
A=67.5
Ui = \(\frac{x_t-\mathrm{A}}{h}\), h = 5
fiui
50-55

55-60

60-65

65-70

70-75

75-80

80-85

85-90

52.5

57.5

62.5

67.5 = A

72.5

77.5

82.5

87.5

5

20

10

10

9

6

12

8

-3

-2

-1

0

1

2

3

4

-15

-40

-10

0

9

12

36

32

Total 80 24

(i) Mean = A + \(\frac{\Sigma f_i u_i}{\Sigma f_i}\) × h
= 67.5 + \(\frac{24}{80}\) × 5
= 67.5 + 1.5 = 69
(ii) Modal class = 55 – 60 (∵ frequency of this class is maximum i.e. 20)

Question 20.
Marks obtained by 200 students in an examination are given below :

Marks 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 70-80 80-90 90-100
Frequency 5 11 10 20 28 37 40 29 14 6

Draw an ogive for the given distribution taking 2 cm = 10 marks on one-axis and 2 cm = 20 students on the other axis. Using the graph, determine
(i) the median marks,
(ii) the number of students who failed if minimum marks required to pass is 40.
(iii) If scoring 85 and more marks is considered as grade one, find the number of students who secured grade one in the examination.
Solution:

Marks f c.f.
0-10

10-20

20-30

30-40

40-50

50-60

60-70

70-80

80-90

90-100

5

11

10

20

28

37

40

29

14

6

5

16

26

46

74

111

151

180

194

200

N = 200

Plot the point (10, 5) (20, 16) (30, 26) (40, 46) (50, 74) (60, 111) (70, 151) (80, 180) (90, 196) (100, 200) on the graph and join them in free hand to get an ogive as shown.
From the graph it is seen that
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 22
(i) Median = \(\left(\frac{n}{2} \text { th }\right)\) term = \(\left(\frac{200}{2} \text { th }\right)\) 100 observation = 57 from graph.
(ii) No. of students who failed = 46
(iii) No. of students who secured grade one = 200 – 188 = 12

Question 21.
Marks obtained by 40 students in a short assessment is given below, where a and b are two missing data.

Marks 5 6 7 8 9
Number of students 6 a 16 13 b

If the mean of the distribution is 7.2, find a and b.
Solution:
Mean of distribution = 7.2

Marks Number of students fx
5 6 30
6 a 6 a
7 16 112
8 13 104
9 b 9 b
Total 36 + a + b = 40 246 + 6a + 9b

35 + a + b = 40
a + b = 40 – 35 = 5 …(i)
Mean = 7.2
∴ Total = 7.2 x 40 = 288
246 + 6a + 9b = 288
6a + 9b = 288 – 246 = 42
2a + 3b = 14 …(ii)
From (i) a + b = 5 ⇒ a = 5 – b
∴ 2(5 – b) + 3b = 14 ⇒ 10 – 2b + 3b = 14
⇒ b = 14 – 10 = 4
∴ a = 5 – 4 = 1
a = 1, b = 4

Question 22.
The following distribution represents the height of 160 students of a school.

Height (in cm) No. of Students
140-145 12
145-150 20
150-155 30
155-160 38
160-165 24
165-170 16
170-175 12
175-180 8

Draw an ogive for the given distribution taking 2 cm = 5 cm of height on one axis and 2 cm = 20 students on the other axis. Using the graph, determine :
(i) The median height.
(ii) The inter quartile range.
(iii) The number of students whose height is above 172 cm.
Solution:
The cumulative frequency table may be prepared as follows :

Height (in cm) No. of Students (f) Cumulative frequency (c.f)
140-145 12 12
145-150 20 32
150-155 30 62
155-160 38 100
160-165 24 124
165-170 16 140
170-175 12 152
175-180 8 160

Now, we take height along x-axis and number of students along the y-axis. Now, plot the point (140, 0), (145, 12), (150, 32), (155, 62), (160, 100), (165, 124), (170, 140), (175, 152) and (180, 160). Join these points by a free hand curve to get the ogive.
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 23
(i) Here N = 160 ⇒ \(\frac { N }{ 2 }\) = 80
On the graph paper take a point A on the y-axis representing 80. Through A draw horizontal line meeting the ogive at B. From B, draw BC ⊥ x-axis, meeting the x-axis at C.
The abscissa of C is 157.5
So, median = 157.5 cm

(ii) Proceeding in the same way as we have done in above, we have, Q1 = 152 and Q3 = 164 – 152 = 12cm
So, inter quartile range = Q3 – Q1 = 164 – 152 = 12 cm

(iii) From the ogive, we see that the number of students whose height is less than 172 is 145.
No. of students whose height is above 172 cm = 160- 145 = 15

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d)

Question 23.
Find the mode and median of the following frequency distribution :

X 10 11 12 13 14 15
f 1 4 7 5 9 3

Solution:

x f Cumulative frequency
(c.f)
10 1 1
11 4 5
12 7 12
13 5 17
14 9 26
15 3 29

Here n- 29 which is odd
∴ Median = \(\left(\frac{n+1}{2}\right)\)th term = \(\left(\frac{29+1}{2}\right)\)th term = 15th term = 13
Since, the frequency corresponding to 14 is maximum, so mode = 14.

Question 24.
The median of the following observations 11, 12, 14, (x – 2), (x + 4), (x + 9), 32, 38, 47 arranged in ascending order is 24. Find the value of x and hence find the mean.
Solution:
Observation are:
11, 12, 14, (x – 2), (x + 4), (x + 9), 32, 38, 47
n = 9
∴ Median = \(\left(\frac{9+1}{2}\right)^{\text {th }}\) term
i.e. 5th term = x + 4
∴ Median = x + 4
24 = x + 4
x = 24 – 4
x = 20
Now observation are :
11, 12, 14, (20 – 2), (20 + 4), (20 + 9), 32, 38, 47 i.e. 11, 12, 14, 18, 24,29, 32, 38, 47
∴ Mean = \(\frac{11+12+14+18+24+29+32+38+47}{9}\) = \(\frac{225}{9}\) = 25

Question 25.
Draw a histogram from the following frequency distribution and find the mode from the graph :

Class 0-5 5-10 10-15 15-20 20-25 25-30
Frequency 2 5 18 14 8 5

Solution:

Class 0-5 5-10 10-15 15-20 20-25 25-30
Frequency 2 5 18 14 8 5

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 24
∴ Mode =13.6

Steps for calculation of mode
(i) Mark the end points of the upper corner of rectangle with maximum frequency as A and B.
(ii) Mark the inner corner of adjacent rectangles as C and D.
(iii) Join AC and BD do intersect at K. From K, draw KL perpendicular to x-axis.
(iv) The value of L on x-axis represents the mode.

Question 26.
Find the mean of the following distribution by step deviation method :

Class interval 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 70-80
Frequency 10 6 8 12 5 9

Solution:

C.I. Frequency (f) Class mark (x) d = \(\frac{x-\mathrm{A}}{i}\) [A = 45] f × d
20-30 10 25 -2 -20
30-40 6 35 -1 -6
40-50 8 45 0 0
50-60 12 55 1 12
60-70 5 65 2 10
70-80 9 75 3 27
50 23

Mean = A + \(\frac{\Sigma f d}{n}\) × i = 45 + \(\frac { 23 }{ 50 }\) × 10
= 45 + 4.6 = 49.6

Question 27.
The marks obtained by 120 students in a test are given below :

Marks 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 70-80 80-90 90-100
No. of students 5 9 16 22 26 18 11 6 4 3

Use suitable scale for ogive to estimate the following :
(i) The median.
(ii) The number of students who obtained more than 75% marks in the test.
(ii) The number of students who did not pass the test if minimum marks required to pass is 40.
Solution:

Marks f c.f.
0-10

10-20

20-30

30-40

40-50

50-60

60-70

70-80

80-90

90-100

5

9

16

22

26

18

11

6

4

3

5

14

30

52

78

96

107

113

117

120

120

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 25
(i) Through marks 60, draw a line segment parallel to x-axis which meets the curve at A. From A, draw a line perpendicular to x-axis meeting at B.
∴ Median = 43

(ii) Through marks 75, draw a line segment parallel to y-axis which meets the curve at D. From D, draw a line perpendicular to y-axis which meets y-axis at 110.
Number of students getting more than 75% = 120 – 110 = 10 students.

(iii) Through marks 40, draw a line segment parallel toy-axis which meets the curve at C. From C, draw a line perpendicular to y-axis which meets y-axis at 52.
∴ Number of students who did not pass = 52.

Question 28.
The numbers 6, 8,10,12, 13 and x are arranged in an ascending order. If the mean of the observations is equal to the median, find the value of x.
Solution:
Arranging the numbers in ascending order
6, 8, 10, 12, 13, x
Mean of the given numbers = \(\frac{6+8+10+12+13+x}{6}\) = \(\frac{49+x}{6}\)
Number of terms (n) = 6 which is even
∴ Median = \(\frac{\left(\frac{n}{2}\right) \text { th term }+\left(\frac{n}{2}+1\right) \text { th term }}{2}\) = \(\frac{3^{r d}+4^{t h}}{2}\) = \(\) = \(\frac{10+12}{2}\) = \(\frac{22}{2}\) = 11
According to statement,
It is given that the mean of 6, 8, 10, 12, 13, x is equal to the median of 6, 8, 10, 12, 13, x
∴ \(\frac{49+x}{6}\) = 11 ⇒ 49 + x = 66 ⇒ x = 66 – 49
x = 17

Question 29.
Calculate the mean of the distribution given below using the short cut method.

Marks 11-20 21-30 31-40 41-50 51-60 61-70 71-80
No. of students 2 6 10 12 9 7 4

Solution:

Marks Frequency (f) Mid Value (x) di = xi – A

A = 45.5

Ui = \(\frac{x_i-\mathrm{A}}{10}\) F × ui
11-20 2 15.5 -30 -3 -6
21-30 6 25.5 -20 -2 -12
31-40 10 35.5 -10 -1 -10
41-50 12 45.5 0 0 0
51-60 9 55.5 10 1 9
61-70 7 65.5 20 2 14
71-80 4 75.5 30 3 12
Σ f=50 Σfui = 7

A = 45.5
Mean = A + \(\frac{\sum f u_i}{\sum f}\) × 10 = 45.5 + \(\frac{7}{50}\) × 10 = 45.5 + 1.4 = 46.9

Question 30.
(Use a graph paper for this question.) The daily pocket expenses of 200 students in a school are given below:

Marks Number of students
(frequency)
0-5 10
5-10 14
10-15 28
15-20 42
20-25 50
25-30 30
30-35 14
35-40 12

Draw a histogram representing the above distribution and estimate the mode from the graph.
Solution:
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 26
Estimated mode = 21.5

Steps for calculation of mode
(i) Mark the end points of the upper corner of rectangle with maximum frequency as A and B.
(ii) Mark the inner corner of adjacent rectangles as C and D.
(iii) Join AC and BD do intersect at K. From K, draw KL perpendicular to x-axis.
(iv) The value of L on x-axis represents the mode.

Question 31.
The marks obtained by 100 students in a Mathematics test are given below :

Marks 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 70-80 80-90 90-100
No. of students 3 7 12 17 23 14 9 6 5 4

Draw an ogive for the given distribution on a graph sheet.
Use a scale of 2 cm = 10 units on both axis).
Use the ogive to estimate the:
(i) median.
(ii) lower quartile.
(iii) number of students who obtained more than 85% marks in the test.
(iv) number of students who did not pass in the test if the pass percentage was 35.
Solution:

Marks Number of students Cumulative frequency (c.f.)
0-10 3 3
10-20 7 10
20-30 12 22
30-40 17 39
40-50 23 62
50-60 14 76
60-70 9 85
70-80 6 91
80-90 5 96
90-100 4 100

On the graph paper, we plot the following points A (10, 3), B (20, 10), C (30, 22), D, (40, 39), E (50, 62), F (60, 70), G (70, 85), H (80, 91), 1 (90, 96) and V (100, 100). Join all these points by a free hand drawing. The required ogive is shown on the graph paper given below :
Here, number of students (n) = 100, which is even.

(i) Let P be the point on Y-axis representing frequency = \(\frac { n }{ 2 }\) = \(\frac { 100 }{ 2 }\) = 50.
Through P, draw a horizontal line to meet the ogive at point Q. Through Q, draw a vertical line to meet the X-axis at T. The abscissa of the point T represents 45 marks.
Hence, median marks is 45.

(ii) Let R be the point on Y-axis representing frequency = \(\frac { n }{ 4 }\) = \(\frac { 100 }{ 4 }\) = 25.
Through R, draw a horizontal line to meet the ogive at point S. Through S, draw a vertical line to meet the X-axis at N. The abscissa of the point N represents 31 marks.
Hence, the lower quartile = 31 marks.

(iii) 85% marks = 85% of 100 = 85 marks
Let the point M on X-axis represents 85 marks.
Through M, draw a vertical line to meet the ogive at the point O. Through O draw a horizontal line to meet the Y-axis at point J. The ordinate of point J represents 95 students on Y-axis.
∴ Number of students who obtained more than 85% in the test = 100 – 95 = 5.

(iv) 35% marks = 35% of 100 = 35
Let the point K on X-axis represents 35 marks.
Through K, draw a vertical line to meet the ogive at the point L. Through L, draw a horizontal line to meet the Y-axis at point U. The ordinate of point U represents 30 students on Y-axis.
Hence, the number of students, who did not pass in the test is 30.
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 27

Question 32.
Marks obtained by 30 students in a class assessment of 5 marks is given below (next page):

Marks 0 1 2 3 4 5
No. of students 1 3 6 10 5 5

Calculate the mean, median and mode of the above distribution.
Solution:

Marks 0 1 2 3 4 5
No. of students 1 3 6 10 5 5
Cumulative Frequency 1 4 10 20 25 30

Mean = \(\frac{\sum f x}{\sum f}\)
= \(\frac{0 \times 1+1 \times 3+2 \times 6+3 \times 10+4 \times 5+5 \times 5}{1+3+6+10+5+5}\)
= \(\frac { 90 }{ 30 }\) = 3
∴ 3 is the mean
There are a total of 30 observations in the data
The median is the arithmetic mean of \(\left(\frac{n}{2}\right)^{\text {th }}\) and \(\left(\frac{n}{2}+1\right)^{\text {th }}\) observation in case of even number of observations = Arithmetic mean of \(\left(\frac{30}{2}\right)^{\mathrm{th}}\) and \(\left(\frac{30}{2}+1\right)^{\text {th }}\)
= Arithmetic mean of 15th and 16th observation will be the median
∴ Median = \(\frac{3+3}{2}\) = 3
Frequency is highest for the observation xi = 3
Mode = 3

Question 33.
Calculate the mean of the following distribution:

Class Interval 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60
Frequency 8 5 12 35 24 16

Solution:
Consider the following distribution:

Class interval Frequency Class mark  xi fi xi
0-10 Fi 5 40
10-20 8 15 75
20-30 5 25 300
30-40 12 35 1225
40-50 35 45 1080
50-60 24 55 880
Total fi = 100 fi xi =3600

Mean = \(\frac{\sum f_i x_i}{\sum f_i}\) = \(\frac { 3600 }{ 100 }\) = 36

Question 34.
The weight of 50 workers is given below:

Weight in Kg 50-60 60-70 70-80 80-90 90-100 100-110 110-120
No. of Workers 4 7 11 14 6 5 3

Draw an ogive of the given distribution using a graph sheet. Take 2 cm = 10 kg on one axis and 2 cm = 5 workers along the other axis. Use a graph to estimate the following:
(i) the upper and lower quartiles.
(ii) if weighing 95 kg and above is considered overweight find the number of workers who are overweight.
Solution:
The cumulative frequency table of the given distribution table is as follows:

Weith in kg Number of workers Cumulative frequency
50-60

60-70

70-80

80-90

90-100

100-110

110-120

4

7

11

14

6

5

3

4

11

22

36

42

47

50

Plot the points (60, 4), (70, 11), (80, 22), (90, 36), (100, 42), (110, 47) and (120, 50). Then draw a free-hand curve (ogive) as shown below:
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 28
∴ N = 50

(i) Upper quartile = \(\left(\frac{3 \times N}{4}\right)^{\text {th }}\) term
= \(\left(\frac{3 \times 50}{4}\right)^{\text {th }}\) term = 37.5th term = 92.5 kg
Lower quartile = \(\left(\frac{\mathrm{N}}{4}\right)^{\text {th }}\) term
= \(\left(\frac{\mathrm{50}}{4}\right)^{\text {th }}\) term = 12.5th term = 71.5 kg

(ii) Through 95 kg mark, draw a vertical line that meets graph at point P. Through point P, draw a horizontal line which meets axis for c.f. at point A and A = 39.
⇒ Weights of 39 workers are 95 kg or below it.
∴ Number of workers who are overweight = 50 – 39 = 11

Question 35.
The mean of following number is 68. Find the value of ‘x’. 45, 52, 60, x, 69, 70, 26, 81 and 94. Hence estimate the median.
Solution:
Mean = \(\frac{\text { Sum of all observations }}{\text { Total number of observation }}\)
∴ 68 = \(\frac{45+52+60+x+69+70+26+81+94}{9}\)
∴ 68 = \(\frac{497+x}{9}\)
∴ 612 = 497 + x
∴ x = 612 – 497
∴ x = 115
Arrange the numbers in ascending order 26, 45, 52, 60, 69, 70, 81, 94, 115
Since the number of observations’ is odd, the median is \(\left(\frac{n+1}{2}\right) \text { th }\) observation
⇒ The mrdian is the \(\left(\frac{9+1}{2}\right)\) = 5th observation
Hence, the median is 69.

Question 36.
The table shows the distribution of the scores obtained by 160 shooters in a shooting competition. Use a graph sheet and draw an ogive for the distribution. (Take 2 cm = 10 scores on the X-axis and 2 cm = 20 shooters on the Y-axis).

Scores 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 70-80 80-90 90-100
No. of shooters 9 13 20 26 30 22 15 10 8 7

Use your graph to estimate the following :
(i) The median.
(ii) The interquartile range.
(iii) The number of shooters who obtained a score of more than 85%.
Solution:

Scores f c.f.
0-10

10-20

20-30

30-40

40-50

50-60

60-70

70-80

80-90

90-100

9

13

20

26

30

22

15

10

8

7

9

22

42

68

98

120

135

145

153

160

N = 160 c.f.

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 29
(i) Median = \(\left(\frac{n}{2}\right)^{\mathrm{th}}\) term = \(\left(\frac{160}{2}\right)^{\text {th }}\) term = 80th term
Through mark 80 on y-axis, draw a horizontal line which meets the ogive drawn at point Q. Through Q, draw a vertical line which meets the x-axis at the mark of 43.
∴ Median = 43

(ii) Since the number of terms = 160
Lower quartile (Q1) = \(\left(\frac{160}{4}\right)^{\text {th }}\) term = 40th term = 28
Upper quartile (Q3) = \(\left(\frac{3 \times 160}{4}\right)^{\text {th }}\) term = 120th term = 60
∴ Inter-Quartile range = Q3 – Q1
= 60 – 28 = 32
∴ Inter-Quartile range is 32

(iii) Since 85% scores = 85% of 100 = 85
Through mark for 85 on x-axis, draw a vertical line which meets the ogive drawn at point B. Through the point B, draw a horizontal line which meets the y-axis at the mark of 150.
∴ The number of shooters who obtained more than 85% score
= 160 – 150 = 10
So, the number of shooters who obtained more than 85% score is 10.

Question 37.
The histogram below represents the scores obtained by 25 students in a Mathematics mental test. Use the data to :
(i) Frame a frequency distribution table.
(ii) To calculate mean.
(iii) To determine the Modal class.
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(d) Img 30
Solution:
(i)

Class interval Frequency
0-10 2
10-20 5
20-30 8
30-40 4
40-50 6

(ii)

Class interval Frequency (f) Mean value (x) f x
0-10

10-20

20-30

30-40

40-50

2

5

8

4

6

5

15

25

35

45

10

75

200

140

270

Σf = 25 Σfx = 695

∴ Mean = \(\frac{\sum f x}{\sum f}\) = \(\frac{695}{25}\) = 27.8

(iii) Modal class = class with maximum frequency = 20-30

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 3 Shares and Dividends Ex 3(b)

The availability of step-by-step OP Malhotra Class 10 Solutions Chapter 3 Shares and Dividends Ex 3(b) can make challenging problems more manageable.

S Chand Class 10 ICSE Maths Solutions Chapter 3 Shares and Dividends Ex 3(a)

Question 1.
Find the number of shares that can be bought and the income obtained by investing :
(a) Rs. 50 in (Re. 1) shares at Rs. 1.25 paying 8%.
(b) Rs. 240 in (Rs. 5) shares at Rs. 8, paying 9%.
Solution:
(a) Investment = Rs. 50
Face value of each share = Re. 1
Market value = Rs. 1.25
Rate of dividend = 8%
∴ Number of shares = \(\frac { 50 }{ 1.25 }\) = \(\frac{50 \times 100}{125}\)
= 40 shares
Face value of 40 shares = 40 x Re. 1 = Rs. 40
= Rs. \(\frac { 320 }{ 100 }\) = Rs. 3.20

(b) Investment = Rs. 240
Face value of each share = Rs. 5
and market value = Rs. 8
Rate of dividend = 9%
∴ Number of shares = Rs. \(\frac { 240 }{ 8 }\) = 30
Face value of 30 shares = 30 x 5 = Rs. 150
Amount of dividend = Rs. \(\frac{150 \times 9}{100}\)
= Rs. \(\frac { 1350 }{ 100 }\)
= Rs. 13.50

Question 2.
A man bought 160 (Rs. 5) shares for Rs. 360. At what price did the shares stand? At what premium or discount were they quoted?
Solution:
Number of shares = 160
Face value of each share = Rs. 5
Amount of 160 shares = Rs. 360
∴ Market value of each share = Rs.\(\frac {360}{160}\)
= Rs. \(\frac {9}{4}\) = Rs. 2.25 4
Difference of values of each share
= Rs. 5.00 – Rs. 2.25 = Rs. 2.75
∴ Market value is less than the face value
∴ The shares were quoted Rs. 2.75 at discount

Question 3.
A man sold 600 (Re. 1) shares for Rs. 750. At what price did the shares stand? At what premium or discount were they quoted?
Solution:
Number of shares = 600
Face value of each share = Re. 1
Total market value of 600 shares = Rs. 750
∴ Market value of each share = Rs. \(\frac {750}{600}\)
= Rs. \(\frac {5}{4}\) = Rs. 1.25
Difference of values of each share = Rs. 1.25. – 1.00 = 0.25
Difference of the values of each shares = Rs. 1.25 – 1.00 = 0.25
∵ Market value of each share is more than its face value
∴ The shares were quoted Rs. 0.25 at premium

Question 4.
A man buys 200 ten rupee shares at Rs. 12.50 each and receives a dividend of 8%. Find the amount invested by him and dividend received by him in cash.
Solution:
Number of shares bought = 200
Face value of each share = Rs. 10
Market value = Rs. 12.50
Rate of dividend = 8%
∴ Total amount of investment = Rs. 12.50 x 200 = Rs. 2500
and amount of face value = Rs. 10 x 200 = Rs. 2000
∴ Dividend = Rs. 2000 x \(\frac {8}{100}\) = Rs. 160

Question 5.
A man bought 500 shares, each of face value Rs. 10 of a certain business concern and during the first year after purchase received Rs. 400 as dividend on his shares. Find the rate of dividend on his shares.
Solution:
Number of shares bought = 500
Nominal value of each share = Rs. 10
Amount of dividend = Rs. 400
Total nominal value of 500 shares = Rs. 10 x 500 = Rs. 5000
∴ Dividend on Rs. 5000 = Rs. 400
and dividend on Rs. 100 = \(\frac{400 \times 100}{5000}\) = 8%

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 3 Shares and Dividends Ex 3(b)

Question 6.
By purchasing ₹ 25 shares for ₹ 40 each a man gets 4 per cent profit on his investment. What rate per cent is the company paying? What is his dividend if he buys 60 shares ?
Solution:
Face value of each share = Rs. 25
Market value = Rs. 40
Profit = 4%
Profit on Rs. 25 = Rs. 4
∴ Profit on Rs. 40 = \(\frac{4 \times 40}{25}=\frac{32}{5}\) = 6.4
∴ Rate of dividend = 6.4%
Face value of 60 shares = Rs. 25 x 60 = Rs. 1500
∴ Dividend on Rs. 1500 = Rs. 1500 x \(\frac { 6.4 }{ 100 }\) = Rs. 96.0 = Rs. 96

Question 7.
Mukul invests Rs. 9000 in a company paying a dividend of 6% per annum when a share of face value 100 stands at Rs. 150. What his annual income? He sells 50% of his shares when the price rises to Rs. 200. What is his gain on this transaction?
Solution:
Investment of Mukul = Rs. 9000
Rate of dividend = 6% p.a.
Face value of each share = Rs. 100
and market value = Rs. 150
∴ Number of shares = Rs. \(\frac { 9000 }{ 150 }\) = 60
Face value of 60 shares = Rs. 100 x 60 = Rs. 6000
∴ Amount of annual dividend = Rs. \(\frac{6000 \times 6}{100}\) = Rs. 360
50% of shares which were sold = 60 x \(\frac { 50 }{ 100 }\) = 30
Market value of each share = Rs. 200
∴ Amount received = Rs. 200 x 30 = Rs. 6000
and market value of remaining 30 shares = Rs. 150 x 30 = Rs. 4500
Total amount received = Rs. 6000 + 4500 = Rs. 10500
∴ Total profit = Rs. 10500 – 9000 = Rs. 1500

Question 8.
By investing Rs. 7500 in a company paying 10% dividend, an income of Rs. 500 is received. What price is paid for each Rs. 100 share? Solution:
Investment = Rs. 7500
Rate of dividend = 10%
Total income = Rs. 500
Face value of each share = Rs. 100
∴ Total face value of shares = Rs \(\frac{500 \times 100}{10}\) = Rs. 5000
∴ Number of shares = Rs. \(\frac{5000}{100}\) = 50
Now market value of 50 share; = Rs. 7500
∴ Market value of each share
= Rs. \(\frac { 7500 }{ 500 }\) = Rs. 150

Question 9.
Arun owns 560 shares of a company. The face value of each share is Rs. 25. The company declares a dividend of 9%. Calculate:
(i) the dividend Arun would receive, and
(ii) the rate of interest, on his investment. Considering that Arun bought these shares @ ₹30 per share in the market.
Solution:
Number of shares Arun has = 560
Face value of each share = ₹ 25
Rate of dividend = 9%
Now total face value of 560 shares = ₹ 25 x ₹ 60 = ₹ 14000

(i) Total dividend received by Arun
= ₹ \(\frac{14000 \times 9}{100}\) = ₹ 1260

(ii) Market value of each share = ₹ 30
Total investment = ₹ 30 x 560 = ₹ 16800
Rate of interest on the investment
= ₹ \(\frac{1260 \times 100}{16800}\)
= 7.5% or 7\(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\)%

Question 10.
What sum should Ashok invest in ₹ 25 shares selling at ₹36 to obtain an income of ₹720, if the dividend declared is 12%. Also find :
(i) the number of shares bought by Ashok.
(ii) the percentage return on his investment.
Solution:
Face value of each share = ₹ 25
Market value = ₹ 36
Total income = ₹ 720
(i) Rate of dividend = 12%
∴ Face value of shares = \(\frac{720 \times 100}{12}\) = ₹ 6000
and number of shares = ₹ \(\frac { 6000 }{ 25 }\) = 240
Investment by Ashok = 240 x ₹ 36 = ₹ 8640
Percentage of return = ₹ \(\frac{720 \times 100}{8640}\)
= \(\frac { 25 }{ 3 }\) = 8\(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\)% = 8.33%

Question 11.
Mr. Sharma has 60 shares of nominal value 7100 and he decides to sell them when they are at a premium of 60%. He invests the proceeds in shares of nominal value ₹ 50, quoted at 4% discount, paying 18% dividend annually. Calculate:
(i) the sale proceeds.
(ii) the number of shares he buys.
(iii) the annual dividend from these shares.
Solution:
Number of shares = 60
Face value of each share = ₹ 100
Market value = 60% premium = ₹ 100 + 60 = ₹ 160
(i) Sale proceed = ₹ 160 x 60 = ₹ 9600

(ii) Nominal value of share purchased = ₹ 50
Market value as quoted 4% discount
= ₹ 50 – \(\frac { 50×4 }{ 100 }\)
= ₹ 50 – 2 = ₹ 48
∴ Number of shares purchased = \(\frac { 9600 }{ 48 }\) = 200

(iii) Rate of dividend = 18% p.a.
Face value of 200 shares = ₹ 50 x 200 = ₹ 10000
∴ Annual dividend = ₹ 10000 x \(\frac { 18 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 1800

Question 12.
A man invests a sum of money in ₹ 100 shares, paying 15% dividend, quoted at 20% premium. If his annual dividend is ₹ 540, calculate:
(i) his total investment.
(ii) the rate of return on his investment.
Solution:
Rate of dividend = 15% at 20% premium
Annual dividend = ₹ 540
∴ Investment = ₹ \(\frac{540 \times(100+20)}{15}\)
= ₹ \(\frac{540 \times 120}{15}\) = ₹ 4320
and rate of returns on his investment
= \(\frac{540 \times 100}{4320}\) = \(\frac { 100 }{ 8 }\)% = 12.5 %

Question 13.
A lady holds 1800 hundred rupee shares of a company that pays 15% dividend annually. Calculate her annual dividend. If she had bought these shares at 40% premium, what percentage return would she have got on her investment? Give your answer to the nearet integer.
Solution:
Number of shares = 1800
Face value of each share = ₹ 100
Dividend rate = 15%
Market value of each share = ₹ 100 + ₹ 40 = ₹ 140
(i) ∴ Annual dividend = ₹ 1800 x 15 = ₹ 27000
(ii) Investment = ₹ 1800 x 140 = ₹ 252000
∴ Percentage return = \(\frac{27000 \times 100}{252000}\)
= \(\frac { 75 }{ 7 }\) % = 10 \(\frac { 5 }{ 7 }\) % = 11%

Question 14.
A man invests ₹ 11200 in a company paying 6% dividend when its ₹ 100 share can be bought for ₹ 140. Find:
(i) his annual income.
(ii) the percentage income on his investment.
Solution:
Investment = ₹ 11200
Rate of dividend = 6%
Face value of each share = ₹ 100
Market value of each share = ₹ 140
(i) Annual income = ₹ \(\frac{11200 \times 6}{140}\) = ₹ 480
(ii) Percentage income on his investment
= \(\frac{480 \times 100}{11200} \%=\frac{30}{7} \%=4 \frac{2}{7} \%\)

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 3 Shares and Dividends Ex 3(b)

Question 15.
A company with 10,000 shares of 7100 each, declares an annual dividend of 5%.
(i) What is the total amount of dividend paid by the company?
(ii) What would be the annual income of a man, who has 72 shares in the company?
(iii) If he received only 4% of his investment, find the price he had paid for each share.
Solution:
Number of share with a company = 10000
Face value of each share = ₹ 100
Rate of annual dividend = 5%
(i) Total dividend = 10000 x 5 = ₹ 50,000
(ii) Income on 72 shares = 72 x ₹ 5 = ₹ 360
(iii) Rate of returns he receives = 4%
∴ Market value of two shares
= \(\frac{\text { Dividend } \times 100}{4}\)
= \(\frac{50,000 \times 100}{4}\)
= ₹ 1250000
Market value of each share
= ₹ \(\frac {1250000}{10000}\) = ₹ 125

Question 16.
A man invest ₹ 1680 in buying shares of nominal value ₹ 24 and selling at 12% premium. The dividend on the shares is 15% per annum.
(i) Calculate the number of shares he buys.
(ii) Calculate the dividend he receives annually. (ICSE 1999)
Solution:
Investment = ₹ 1680
Nominal value of each share = ₹ 24
and market value = ₹ 24 x \(\frac {112}{100}\) = \(\frac {2688}{100}\)
= ₹ 26.88
∴ Number of shares = \(\frac {1680}{26.88}\)
= \(\frac{1680 \times 100}{2688}\) = \(\frac {125}{2}\) shares
= 62.5 shares
Rate of dividend = 15%
Market value of each share = ₹ 100 + ₹ 12
= ₹ 112
Dividend = \(\frac{1680 \times 15}{112}\) = ₹ 225

Question 17.
A man invests ₹ 7425 on buying share of face value ₹ 90 each at a premium of 10% in a company. If he at a earns ₹ 1350 as dividend at the end of the year, find
(i) the number of shares he has in the company.
(ii) the dividend percentage per share that he received.
Solution:
Amount of dividend = ₹ 1350
Investment = ₹ 7425
Face value of each share = ₹ 90
Market value = at premium of 10%
= ₹ \(\frac{90 \times(100+10)}{100}\)
= ₹ \(\frac{90 \times 110}{100}\) = ₹ 99

(i) ∴ Number of shares = \(\frac {7425}{99}\) = 75
and face value of 75 shares = 75 x ₹ 99
= ₹ 6750

(ii) Rate of dividend = \(\frac{1350 \times 100}{6750}\) = 20%

Question 18.
Abhisheksold a certain number of shares of ₹ 20 paying 8% dividend at ₹ 18 and invested the proceeds in ₹ 10 shares, paying 12% dividend at 50% premium. If the change in his annual income is ₹ 120, find the number of shares sold by him ?
Solution:
In first case,
Face value of each share = ₹ 20
Rate of dividend = 8%
Market value of each share = ₹ 18
Let number of shares = x
∴ Sale proceed by selling x shares = ₹ 18 × x = ₹ 18x
and Face value of x shares = ₹ x × 20 = ₹ 20x
∴ Dividend = 20x × \(\frac { 8 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ \(\frac { 8 }{ 5 }\) x
In second case
Face value of each share = ₹ 10
Market value 50% at premium
= ₹ \(\frac{10 \times(100+50)}{100}=₹ \frac{10 \times 150}{100}\) = ₹ 15
Rate of dividend = 12%
Number of shares purchased = \(\frac { 18x }{ 15 }\) = \(\frac { 6 }{ 5 }\)x
Now face value of each shares = \(\frac { 6 }{ 5 }\)x × 10 = ₹ 12 x
Dividend = ₹ 12x × \(\frac { 12 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ \(\frac { 36 }{ 25 }\)x
Difference in dividend = \(\frac { 8 }{ 5 }\)x – \(\frac { 36 }{ 25 }\)x
= \(\frac{40 x-36 x}{25}\) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 25 }\)x
But actual difference of dividend = ₹ 120
∴ \(\frac { 4 }{ 25 }\)x = 120
x = \(\frac{120 \times 25}{4}\) = 750
∴ Number of shares = 750

Question 19.
A person invested ₹ 8000 and ₹ 10000 in buying shares of two companies which later on declared dividends of 12% and 8% respectively. He collects the dividends and sells out his shares at a loss of 2% and 3% respectively. Find his total earning from the above transaction.
Solution:
In first case, investment = ₹ 8000
Rate of dividend = 12%
∴ Income = ₹ \(\frac{8000 \times 12}{100}\) = ₹ 960
In second case, investment = ₹ 10000
Rate of dividend = 8%
∴ Income = ₹ \(\frac{1000 \times 8}{100}\) = ₹ 800
Total income = ₹ 960 + 800 = ₹ 1760
Total loss = ₹ \(\left(8000 \times \frac{2}{100}+10000 \times \frac{3}{100}\right)\) = ₹ 800
= ₹ 160 + ₹ 300 = ₹ 460
∴ Net gain = Total income – Loss
= ₹ 1760 – 460 = ₹ 1300

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 3 Shares and Dividends Ex 3(b)

Question 20.
A person invested 20%, 30% and 25% of his savings in buying shares of three different companies A, B and C, which declared dividends of 10%, 12% and 15% respectively. If his total income on account of dividends be ₹ 2337.50, find his saving and the amount which he invested in buying shares of each company.
Solution:
Let the total savings = ₹ x
Investment in A Company = \(\frac { 20 }{ 100 }\) × x = \(\frac { x }{ 5 }\)
Investment in B Company = \(\frac { 30 }{ 100 }\) × x = \(\frac { 3 }{ 10 }\)x
and investment in C Company = \(\frac { 25 }{ 100 }\) × x = \(\frac { x }{ 4 }\)
Now income from A Company = \(\frac { x }{ 5 }\) x \(\frac { 10 }{ 100 }\)
= ₹ \(\frac { x }{ 50 }\)
Income from B Company = \(\frac { 3 }{ 10 }\)x × \(\frac { 12 }{ 1o0 }\)
= ₹ \(\frac { 9 }{ 250 }\)x
and income from C Company = \(\frac { x }{ 4 }\) x \(\frac { 15 }{ 100 }\)
= ₹ \(\frac { 3x }{ 80 }\)x
∴ Total inccme = \(\frac{x}{50}+\frac{9}{250} x+\frac{3 x}{80}\)
= \(\frac{40 x+72 x+75 x}{2000}=\frac{187}{2000}\)x
But total income = ₹ 2337.50
∴ \(\frac{187}{2000} x=2337.50 \Rightarrow x=\frac{233750 \times 2000}{100 \times 187}\)
⇒ x = 25000
∴ Total investment = ₹ 25000
Now investment in A Company
= ₹ 25000 x \(\frac { 20 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 5000
Investment in B Company
= ₹ 25000 x \(\frac { 30 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 7500
and investment in C Company
= ₹ 25000 x \(\frac { 25 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 6250

Self Evaluation And Revision (Latest ICSE Questions)

Question 1.
A dividend of 9% was declared on ₹ 100 shares selling at a certain price. If the rate of return is 7\(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\)%, calculate :
(i) the market value of the share
(ii) the amount to be invested to obtain an annual dividend of ₹ 630.
Solution:
Market price of each share = x
Face value of each share = ₹ 100
Rate of dividend = 9%
Rate of return on investment = 7\(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\)% = \(\frac { 15 }{ 2 }\)%
(i) ∴ \(\frac{x \times 15}{100 \times 2}\) = 9 ⇒ x = \(\frac{9 \times 100 \times 2}{15}\) = ₹ 120
∴ Market value of each share = ₹ 120

(ii) Amount of dividend = ₹ 630
∴ Investment = \(\frac{630 \times 100}{\frac{15}{2}}\) = \(\frac{630 \times 100 \times 2}{15}\)
= ₹ 42 x 2 x 100 = ₹ 8400

Question 2.
A man invests ₹ 8800 in buying shares of face value of rupees hundred each at a premium of 10% in a company. If he earns ₹ 1200 at the end of the year as dividend, find
(i) the number of shares he has in the company ?
(ii) the dividend percentage per share.
Solution:
Investment = ₹ 8800
Face value of each share = ₹ 1100
Market value at a premium of 10%
= ₹ 100 + 10 = ₹ 110
Total dividend he received = ₹ 1200
(i ) Number of shares = \(\frac{\text { Investment }}{\mathrm{MV}}\)
= \(\frac { 8800 }{ 110 }\) = 80

(ii) Face value of each share = ₹ 100 x 80 = ₹ 8000
∴ Rate of dividend per share = \(\frac { 1200 }{ 8000 }\) x 100
= 15%

Question 3.
A man wants to buy 62 shares available at ₹ 132 (par value of ₹ 100).
(i) How much should he invest ₹
(ii) If the dividend is 7.5%, what will be his annual income?
(iii) If he wants to increase income by ₹ 150, how many extra shares should he buy?
Solution:
Number of shares = 62
Market value of each share = ₹ 132
Face value = ₹ 100
(i) His investment = ₹ 132 x 62 = ₹ 8184

(ii) Rate of dividend = 7.5% = \(\frac { 15 }{ 2 }\) % p.a.
Annual income = ₹ 62 x 100 x \(\frac { 15 }{ 2×100 }\)
= ₹ 465

(iii) Extra income he wants = ₹ 150
Then annual income = ₹ 465 + 150 = ₹ 615
∴ Number of shares = \(\frac{615 \times 100 \times 2}{15 \times 100}\) = 82
∴ Extra share he has to buy = 82 – 62 = 20

Question 4.
A man invests ₹ 20,020 in buying shares of nominal value ₹ 26 at 10% premium. The dividend on the shares is 15% per annum. Calculate :
(i) The number of shares he buys.
(ii) The dividend he receives annually.
(iii) The rate of interest he gets on his money.
Solution:
Investment = ₹ 20020
Nominal value of each share = ₹ 26
Market value at 10% premium
= ₹ \(\frac{26 \times(100+10)}{100}\)
= ₹ \(\frac{26 \times 110}{100}\) = ₹ \(\frac { 2860 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 28.60
Rate of dividend = 15%

(i) Number of share he bought = \(\frac { 20020 }{ 28.60 }\)
= \(\frac{20020 \times 100}{2860}\) = 70

(ii) Total dividend per year = 700 x 26 x 15%
= \(\frac{700 \times 26 \times 15}{100}\) = ₹ 2730

(iii) Rate of interest on investment
= \(\frac{2730 \times 100}{20020}\) = 13.636 %
= 13.46%

Question 5.
A man invested ₹ 45,000 in 15% ₹ 100 shares quoted at ₹ 125. When the market value of these shares rose to ₹ 140, he sold some shares, just enough to raise ₹ 8400. Calculate :
(i) the number of shares he still holds;
(ii) the dividend due to him on these remaining shares.
Solution:
Total investment = ₹ 45000
Face value of each share = ₹ 100
Market value = ₹ 125
Rate of dividend = 15%
∴ Number of shares = \(\frac { 4500 }{ 125 }\)
He sells some shares at the rate of ₹ 140
(i) Raise his income ₹ 8400
∴ Number of shares he sells = \(\frac { 8400 }{ 140 }\) = 60
Remaining shares = 360 – 60 = 300
Dividend on remaining shares = 300 x 100 x 15%
= ₹ \(\\frac{300 \times 100 \times 15}{100}\) = ₹ 4500

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 3 Shares and Dividends Ex 3(b)

Question 6.
Mr. Tewari invested ₹ 29,040 in 15%, ₹ 100 shares quoted at a premium of 20%. Calculate :
(i) The number of shares bought by Mr. Tewari.
(ii) Mr. Tewari’s income from the investment.
(iii) The percentage return on his investment.
Solution:
Investment made by Tewari = ₹ 29040
Face value of each share = ₹ 100
Market value at a premium of 20%
= ₹ 100 + 20 = ₹ 120
Rate of dividend = 15%
(i) Number of shares bought = ₹ \(\frac { 29040 }{ 120 }\) = 242
(ii) Income from investment = ₹ 242 x 100 x 15%
= ₹ 242 x 100 x \(\frac { 15 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 3630

(iii) Percentage income on investment
= ₹ \(\frac{3630 \times 100}{29040}\) = 12.5%

Question 7.
Mr. Ram Gopal invested ₹ 8000 in 7% ₹ 100 shares at ₹ 80. After a year he sold these shares at ₹ 75 each and invested the proceeds (including his dividend) in 18%, ₹ 25 shares at ₹ 41. Find :
(i) his dividend for the first year.
(ii) his annual income in the second year.
(iii) the percentage increase in his return on his original investment.
Solution:
Investment made by Ram Gopal = ₹ 8000
Face value of each share = ₹ 100
Market value = ₹ 80
Rate of dividend = 7%
Number of shares = ₹ \(\frac { 8000 }{ 80 }\) = 100
(i) Dividend for the first year = ₹ 100 x 100 x 7%
= \(\frac{100 \times 100 \times 7}{100}\) = ₹ 700

(ii) M.V. of second year = ₹ 75
∴ Sale proceed = ₹ 100 x 75 = ₹ 7500
Total investment including dividend = ₹ 7500 + 700 = ₹ 8200
Rate of dividend in second year = 18%
M.V. = ₹ 41
Face value = ₹ 25
∴ Number of shares bought = \(\frac { 8200 }{ 41 }\) = 200
Nominal value of 200 share = ₹ 25 x 200 = ₹ 5000
∴ Dividend = ₹ 5000 x 18%
= ₹ 5000 x \(\frac { 18 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 900

(iii) Increase in income = ₹ 900 – ₹ 700 = ₹ 200
∴ Increase percent = \(\frac{200 \times 100}{8000}\)
= \(\frac { 5 }{ 2 }\) % = 2.5%

Question 8.
Ajay owns 560 shares of a company. The face value of each share is ₹ 25. The company declares a dividend of 9%. Calculate :
(i) The dividend that Ajay will get.
(ii) The rate of interest on his investment, if Ajay had paid ₹ 30 for each share.
Solution:
Ajay has shares of a company = 560
Face value of each share = ₹ 25
Rate of dividend = 9%
(i) Face value of 560 shares = ₹ 25 x 560
= 114000
∴ Total dividend he received
= ₹ 14000 x 9%
= ₹ 14000 x \(\frac { 9 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 1260

(ii) M.V. of each share = ₹ 30
∴ Total investment = ₹ 30 x 560 = ₹ 16800
Rate of interest on his investment = \(\frac{1260 \times 100}{16800}\) = 7.5 %

Question 9.
A company with 4000 shares of nominal value of ₹ 110 each declares an annual dividend of 15%. Calculate:
(i) The total amount of dividend paid by the company.
(ii) The annual income of Shah Rukh who holds 88 shares in the company.
(iii) If he received only 10% on his investment, find the price Shah Rukh paid for each share.
Solution:
Number of shares = 4000
Nominal value of each share = ₹ 110
Rate of dividend = 15%
(i) ∴ Total amount of dividend
= ₹ 4000 x 110 x 15%
= ₹ \(\frac{4000 \times 110 \times 15}{100}\)
= ₹ 66000

(ii) Face of 88 shares = ₹ 110 x 88 = ₹ 9680
∴ Annual income of Shah Rukh
= ₹ \(\frac { 9680×15 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 1452

(iii) Interest on investment made by Shah Rukh = 10%
∴ Price (value) of each share paid by Shah

Question 10.
Amit Kumar invests ₹ 36,000 in buying ₹ 100 shares at ₹ 10 premium. The dividend is 15% per annum. Find
(i) the number of shares he buys.
(ii) his yearly dividend.
(iii) the percentage return on his investment.
Give your answer correct to the nearest whole number.
Solution:
Investment = ₹ 36000
Face value = ₹ 100
Premium = ₹ 20, dividend = 15%
(i) No. of shares = \(\frac { 36000 }{ 120 }\) = 300

(ii) Dividend = 15% of (100 x 300)
= \(\frac { 15 }{ 100 }\) x 30000 = ₹ 4500

(iii) Per cent of return on investment
= \(\frac { 45000 }{ 36000 }\) x 100 = \(\frac { 450 }{ 36 }\) = 12.5% = 13%

Question 11.
Vivek invests ₹ 4,500 in 8% ₹ 10 shares at ₹ 15. He sells the shares when the price rises to ₹ 30, and invests the proceeds in 12% ₹ 100 shares at ₹ 125. Calculate.
(i) the sale proceeds,
(ii) the number of ₹ 125 shares he buys,
(iii) the change in his annual income from dividend.
Solution:
(i) If price of share bought is ₹ 15, then face value of share = Rs. 10
If price of share bought is ₹ 4500, then face value of share bought
= \(\frac { 10 }{ 15 }\) x 4500 = ₹ 3000
Total face value of ₹ 10 shares = ₹ 3000 Income = 8%
= \(\frac { 8 }{ 100 }\) x 3000 = Rs. 240
By selling ₹ 10 share money received = ₹ 30
By selling Rs. 3000 shares money
= \(\frac { 30 }{ 10 }\) x 3000 = ₹ 9000

(ii) By investing ₹ 125, no. of share of ₹ 100 bought = 1
By investing ₹ 9000, no. of share of ₹ 100 bought = \(\frac { 1 }{ 125 }\) x 9000 = 72
∴ No. of ₹ 125 shares bought = 72

(iii) By investing ₹ 125 in ₹ 100 share, income = ₹ 12
By investing Rs. 9000 in ₹ 100 share, income 12
= \(\frac { 12 }{ 125 }\) x 9000 = ₹ 864
Increase in income = ₹ 864 – ₹ 240 = ₹ 624

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 3 Shares and Dividends Ex 3(b)

Question 12.
Mr. Parekh invested ₹ 52,000 on ₹ 100 shares at a discount of ₹ 20 paying 8% dividend. At the end of one year he sells the shares at a premium of ₹ 20. Find :
(i) The annual dividend.
(ii) The profit earned including his dividend.
Solution:
Investment = ₹ 52000
Face value of 1 share = ₹ 100
Market value of 1 share = ₹ 100 – 20 = ₹ 80
No. of shares = \(\frac { 52000 }{ 80 }\) = 650
(i) Annual dividend = \(\frac { 8 }{ 100 }\) x 650 x 100 = ₹ 5200
(ii) S.P. of 1 share = ₹ 100 + 20 = ₹ 120
S.P. of 650 shares = ₹ 120 x 650 = ₹ 78000
C.P. of 650 shares = ₹ 100 x 650 = ₹ 65000
Profit = S.P. – C.P.
= ₹ 78000 – ₹ 52000 = ₹ 26000
Profit including dividend = ₹ 26000 + ₹ 5200 = ₹ 31200

Question 13.
A man invests ₹ 9600 on ₹ 100 shares at ₹ 80. If the company pays him 18% dividend, find :
(i) the number of shares he buys.
(ii) his total dividend.
(iii) his percentage return on the shares.
Solution:
Amount of investment = ₹ 9600
Price of one share = ₹ 80
(i) ∴ No. of shares bought = ₹ \(\frac { 9600 }{ 80 }\) = 120

(ii) Face value of 120 shares = ₹ 120 x 100 = ₹ 12000
Rate of dividend = 18%
Dividend = ₹ \(\frac { 12,000×18 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 2160

(iii) By investing ₹ 9600, returned obtained = ₹ 2160
So, percentage return = \(\frac{2.160 \times 100}{9600}\) = 22.5%

Question 14.
Salman buys 50 shares of face value ₹ 100 available at ₹ 7132.
(i) What is his investment?
(ii) If the dividend is 7.5%, what will be his annual income?
(iii) If he wants to increase his annual income by ₹ 150, how many extra shares should he buy?
Solution:
F.V. = ₹ 100
(i) M.V. = ₹ 132, no. of shares = 50
Investment = no. of shares x MV.
= 50 x 132 = ₹ 6600

(ii) Income per share = 7.5% of F.V.
= \(\frac { 75 }{ 10×100 }\) x 100 = ₹ 7.5
∴ Annual income = 7.5 x 50 = ₹ 375

(iii) New annual income = 375 + 150 = ₹ 525
∴ No. of shares = \(\frac { 525 }{ 7.5 }\) = 70
∴ No. of extra share = 70 – 50 = 20

Question 15.
Salman invests a sum of money in ₹ 50 shares, paying 15% dividend quoted at 20% premium. If his annual dividend is ₹ 600, calculate:
(i) the number of shares he bought.
(ii) his total investment.
(iii) the rate of return on his investment.
Solution:
Nominal value = ₹ 50
Dividend on 1 share = \(\frac { 15 }{ 100 }\) x ₹ 50 = ₹ 7.50
Total Dividend to Salman = ₹ 600
(i) No. of shares Salman bought = \(\frac { 600 }{ 7.50 }\)
= \(\frac{600 \times 100}{750}\) = 80

(ii) Premium on 1 share = 50 x \(\frac { 20 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 10
Market value of 1 share = 50 + 10 = ₹ 60
Total investment for 80 shares = 80 x 60 = ₹ 4800

(iii) Rate of return = \(\frac{\text { Total dividend }}{\text { Total investment } \times 100}\)
= \(\frac { 600 }{ 4800 }\) x 100 = 12.5%

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 3 Shares and Dividends Ex 3(b)

Question 16.
Rohit invested ₹ 9,600 on ₹ 100 shares at ₹ 20 premium paying 8% dividend. Rohit sold the shares when the price rose to ₹ 160. He invested the proceeds (excluding dividend) in 10% ₹ 50 shares at ₹ 40. Find the:
(i) original number of shares.
(ii) sale proceeds.
(iii) new number of shares.
(iv) change in the two dividends.
Solution:
(i) 100 shares at ₹ 20 premium means
Nominal value of the share is ₹ 100
and its marked value = 100 + 20 = ₹ 120
Money required to buy 1 share = ₹ 120
Number of shares
= \(\frac{\text { Money invested }}{\text { Market value of } 1 \text { share }}\)
= \(\frac { 9600 }{ 120 }\) = 80 shares

(ii) Dividend on 1 share = 8% of N.V.
= 8% of 100 = 8
Total dividend on 80 shares = 80 x 8 = ₹ 640
Each share is sold at ₹ 160
∴ The sale proceeds = 80 x ₹ 160
= ₹ 12800

(iii) New investment = ₹ 12800
Divident=10%
Net value = 50
Market value = ₹ 40
∴ Number of shares = \(\frac{\text { Investment }}{\text { Market value }}\)
= \(\frac { 12800 }{ 40 }\)
= 340 shares

(iv) Now, dividend on 1 share = 10% of N.V.
= 10% of 50 = 5
∴ Dividend on 340 shares = 1600
Change in two dividends = ₹ 1600 – ₹ 640 = ₹ 960

Question 17.
Ashok invested ₹ 26,400 on 12%, ₹ 25 shares of a company. If he receives a dividend of ₹ 2,475. Find the :
(i) number of shares he bought.
(ii) market value of each share.
Solution:
Investment = ₹ 26400
Rate of divident = 12%
Divident = ₹ 2475
Face value of one share = ₹ 25
Total dividend = Number of shares x Rate of dividend x Face value of one share
2475 = Number of shares x \(\frac { 12 }{ 100 }\) x 25
Number of shares = \(\frac { 2475 }{ 3 }\) = 825
Market value of one share Investment
= \(\frac{\text { Investment }}{\text { Number of shares bought }}\)
Market value of one share = \(\frac { 26400 }{ 825 }\) = ₹ 32
Ashok bought 825 shares and market value of each share is ₹ 32.

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(c)

Regular engagement with ICSE Class 10 Maths Solutions S Chand Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(c) can boost students’ confidence in the subject.

S Chand Class 10 ICSE Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(c)

Question 1.
The daily wages of casual labour employed by a group of limited concerns are given below:

Daily wages (in rupees) 3-5 5-7 7-9 9-11 11-13 13-15
Frequency 7 10 23 51 6 3

Draw a cumulative frequency curve for the above data.
Solution:

Daily wages (in Rs.) Frequency (f) Cumulative frequency (c.f.)
3-5 7 7
5-7 10 17
7-9 23 40
9-11 51 91
11-13 6 97
13-15 3 100

Now we shall plot the points (5, 7), (7, 17), (9, 40), (11, 91), (13, 97), and (15, 100) on the graph and join them with free hand to get an ogive as shown.
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(c) Img 1

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(c)

Question 2.
Draw a cumulative frequency curve for the following data :
(a)

Marks 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60
Frequency 5 10 22 40 15 8

(b)

Class interval 0-5 5-10 10-15 15-20 20-25 25-30 30-35 35-40
Frequency 20 23 25 28 30 21 28 16

(c)

Class interval 10-19 20-29 30-39 40-49 50-59 60-69
Frequency 10 15 20 25 30 35

Solution:
(a)

Marks Frequency Cumulative frequency
0-10 5 5
10-20 10 15
20-30 22 37
30-40 40 77
40-50 15 92
50-60 8 100

Now we shall plot the points (10, 5), (20, 15), (30, 37), (40, 77), (50, 92) and (60, 100) and join them with free hand to get an ogive as shown.
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(c) Img 1
(b)

Class intervals Frequency c.f.
0-5 20 20
5-10 23 43
10-15 25 68
15-20 28 96
20-25 30 126
25-30 21 147
30-35 28 175
35-40 16 191

Now we shall plot the points (5,20), (10,43), (15,68), (20,96), (25,126), (30,147), (35,175) and (40,191) on the graph and join them with free hand to get an ogive as shown :
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(c) Img 2
(c)

Give class interval Given actual class interval Frequency c.f.
10-19 9.5-19.5 10 10
20-29 19.5-29.5 15 25
30-39 29.5-39.5 20 45
40-49 39.5-49.5 25 70
50-59 49.5-59.5 30 100
60-69 595-69.5 35 135

Now we shall plot the points (19.5, 10), (29.5, 25), (39.5, 45), (49.5, 70), (59.5, 100) and (69.5, 135) on the graph and join them with free hand to get an ogive.
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(c) Img 3

Question 3.
Each of the 25 students in a class was given a home assignment comprising 10 questions in mathematics. The data given below show the number of questions solved and submitted by individual students on the next day.
1, 4, 5, 6, 0, 9, 3, 2, 3, 4, 6, 4, 5, 2, 7, 5, 2, 2, 3, 5, 1, 0, 7, 6, 3
(a) Taking classes as 0-2, 2-4, 4-6, etc., make a frequency table for the above distribution.
(b) Draw an Ogive (cumulative frequency curve) to represent the given data.
Solution:
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions
To draw its ogive, we plot the points (2, 7), (4, 12), (6, 19), (8, 24), (10, 25) on the graph and join them with free hand the ogive as shown
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(c) Img 5

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(c)

Question 4.
Draw an ogive from the following table :

Marks obtained C.F.
0 and more 100
10 and more 96
20 and more 68
30 and more 26
40 and more 6

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(c) Img 6
Solution:

Marks obtained c.f.
0-10 100
10-20 96
20-30 68
30-40 26
40-50 6

Now we plot the points (10, 100), (20, 96), (30, 68), (40, 26) and (50, 6) on the graph and join them with free hand to get ogive as shown.

Question 5.
The marks secured by 50 students were as under:

14 12 13 18 11 25 32 27 28 27
3 9 37 31 5 22 13 5 22 14
10 18 40 23 28 19 18 2 13 14
22 7 46 12 36 14 17 19 35 9
12 2 49  43 7 6 10 22 3 27

Taking the size of each class-interval as 10, prepare frequency table and with its help draw a cumulative frequency curve.
Solution:
Highest marks = 49
Lowest marks = 2
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(c) Img 7
Now we shall plot the points (10, 11), (20, 30), (30, 41), (40, 46) and (50, 50) on the graph and join them with free hand to get an ogive as shown.
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(c) Img 8

Question 6.
What is an Ogive curve? How is it useful?
A group of 140 workers in a factory were given a work aptitude test. The distribution of their scores is given below :

Score No. of Workers Score No. of Workers
10-15 2 35-40 19
15-20 7 40-45 27
20-25 9 45-50 20
25-30 15 50-55 11
30-35 26 55-60 4

Draw an Ogive curve.
Solution:
Ogive is a graph of cumulative frequency distribution which is drawn in a free hand curve.

Score No. of Workers (f) c.f.
10-15 2 2
15-20 7 9
20-25 9 18
25-30 15 33
30-35 26 59
35-40 19 78
40-45 27 105
45-50 20 125
50-55 11 136
55-60 4 140

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(c) Img 9
Now we shall plot the points (15, 2), (20, 9), (25, 18), (30, 33), (35, 59), (40, 78), (45, 105), (50, 125), (55, 136) and (60, 140) on the graph and join them with free hand to get an ogive as shown.

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 1 GST (Goods and Service Tax) Ex 1

Students often turn to OP Malhotra Class 10 Solutions Chapter 1 GST (Goods and Service Tax) Ex 1 to clarify doubts and improve problem-solving skills.

S Chand Class 10 ICSE Maths Solutions Chapter 1 GST (Goods and Service Tax) Ex 1

Question 1.
Mr Abdul a manufacturer, sells his product worth 2,25.000 within the state. He buys goods worth ₹ 1,20.000 within the stale. If the rate of GST is @ 12% on the raw material and @ 18% on the finished product find the amount of GST he has to pay.
Solution:
C.P. of raw material for Abdul = ₹ 120000
Rate of GST on raw material = 12%
∴ Input GST i.e. GST paid by Abdul = ₹ 120000 x \(\frac {12}{100}\) = ₹ 14,400
SP of finished goods for Abdul = ₹ 2,25,000
Rate of GST on finished goods = 18%
∴ output GST, i.e. GST received by Abdul = ₹ 225000 x \(\frac {18}{100}\) = ₹ 40500
Now, GST paid by Abdul to government = output GST – Input GST = ₹ 40500 – ₹ 14400 = ₹ 26,100

Question 2.
A shoe manufacturer purchases goods worth ₹ 90.000 from the markets within the state. He sells his product in the neighbourhood market for 78,000. If the common rate of GST @ 18%. find the GST pasable/GST’ credit for the aboie transaction.
Solution:
CP of goods purchased by manufacturer = ₹ 90000
Rate of GST = 18%
∴ Input GST i.e. GST paid by Abdul = 18% of ₹ 90000 = ₹ 90000 x \(\frac {18}{10}\) = ₹ 16,200
Now manufacturer sold the product in neighbourhood market
SP of finished goods for Abdul = ₹ 78,000
Rate GST = 18%
∴ output GST i.e. GST’ received by manufacturer = 18% of 78000 = \(\frac {18}{100}\) x 78000 = ₹ 14040.
Now GST refund claimed by manufacturer from the government = Input GST – output GST
= ₹ 6200 – ₹ 14040 = ₹ 2160

Question 3.
Mrs Lata has a leather coat manufacturer unit in state A. She buys raw materials worth ₹ 80,000 from a supplier froni state B at a discount of 10%. She sells her product worth ₹ 2,20,000 0utside the state. If the rate of CGST @ 2.5 % find the IGST payable/credit of Nirs Lata.
Solution:
Since, it is a case of interstate transactions of goods/services
∴ IGST = GST
We know, that CGST = SGST = \(\frac {1}{2}\) GST
Given, CGST = 2.5%
∴ GST = 2 x CGST = 2 x 2.5% = 5%
MP of raw material for Lata = ₹ 80,000
Discount = 10 %
CP of raw material for Lata = ₹ 80000 – 10% 0f ₹ 80000 = ₹ 80000 – 8000 = ₹ 72000
∴ Input IGST i.e. GST paid by Lata = 5% 0f ₹ 72000 = \(\frac {5}{100}\) x 72000 = ₹ 3600
Further, Lata sold the products to distributer in other state
SP of finished goods for Lata = ₹ 2,20,000
∴ output IGST i.e. GSI’ received by Lata = 5% 0f ₹ 220000 = \(\frac {5}{100}\) x 220000 = ₹ 11000
Now, IGST payable by Lata to the govt. = output GST – input GST = ₹ 11000 – ₹ 3600 = ₹ 7400

Question 4.
Mrs Salim a biscuit nianufacturer buys raw goods worth 1,40,000 froni different markets sitliin the state GST @ 5%. lic sold packet biscuits worth 2,10,500 in the markets of the neighbouring state. Rate of GST on packet biscuits is 12%. Find the amount of 1GST
payable by him.
Solution:
CP of material of biscuit for manufacturer = ₹ 1,40,000
Rate of GST 5%
∴ Input GST, i.e. GST paid by manufacturer = 5% of ₹ 1,40.000 = \(\frac {5}{100}\) x 1,40,000 = ₹ 7,000
Further, manufacturer sold the biscuits in neighbouring states.
SP of biscuits for manufacturer = ₹ 2, 10,500
Rate of GST = 12%
∴ output IGST, i.e. IGST received by manufacturer 12% of ₹ 2,10,500
= \(\frac {12}{100}\) x 2,10,500 = ₹ 25,260
IGST payable by Mr. Salirn to the govemnient = output IGST – Input GST
= ₹ 25260 – ₹ 7000 = ₹ 18260

Question 5.
A seiing machine manufacturing purchases raw materials worth ₹ 5.40.000 fur his manufacturing unit from outside the state. The rate of IGST is @ 12%. He produced two types of sewing machine, 50 type A whose base price is ₹ 5000. GST 12% and 100 type B whose base price is ₹ 1,000, GST @ 18%. He had two clients outside the state and receised orders for 10 type A and 20 type B only by client X, 10 each by client Y. Find
(i) input GST, (ii) output CST (iii) CST payable / credit
Solution:
(i) Given, CP of raw material for manufacturer = ₹ 5,40,000
Rate of GST i.e. IGST = 12%
Input IGST, i.e. IGST paid by manufacturer = 12% of ₹ 5,40.000 = \(\frac {12}{100}\) x 5,40.000 = ₹ 64.800

(ii) Manufacturer received orders of 10 Type A and 20 Type B sewing machines by client X and 10 each Type A and Type B by client Y.
Base price of Type A = 5,000 and Base price of Type B = ₹ 10000
∴ SP 0f sewing machines of Type A for manuficturer = (10 x 5000) + (10 x ₹ 5000)
= ₹ 50000 + ₹ 50000 = ₹ 100000
output IGST i.e. IGST received by manufacturer on sewing machines of Type A
= 12% of 100000 = ₹ 12000
Also SP of sewing machine of Type B for manufacturer (20 x ₹ 10000) + (10 x 10000)
= ₹ 20000 + ₹ 100000 = ₹ 300000
output IGST i.e. IGST received by manufacturer on sewing machines of Type B
= 18% of ₹ 300000 = ₹ 5400
Total output IGST = ₹ 2000 + ₹ 54000 = ₹ 66000

(iii) IGST payable by manufacturer to the government Total output IGST – Input IGST
= ₹ 66000 – ₹ 6400 = ₹ 1200

Question 6.
The sales price of a sashing machine. inclusise of GST, is ₹ 28,320. If the SCST is charged at the rate of 9% of the list price, find the list price of the washing machine.
Solution:
Let the marked price of washing machine = ₹ x
Rate of SGST = 9%
We know that, in case of intra state of transacti0n of goods and services
SGST = CGST = \(\frac {1}{2}\) x GST
∴ GST = 2 x SGST = 2 x 9% = 18%
Given, SP of washing machine inclusive 0f taxes = ₹ 28320
∴ GST Amount = ₹ \(\frac {18x}{100}\)
and final amount = ₹\(\left(x+\frac{18 x}{100}\right)=₹ \frac{118 x}{100}\)
A.T.Q
\(\frac {118x}{100}\) = ₹ 28320
⇒ x = \(\frac {28320}{118}\) x 100 = ₹ 24000
∴ The list price of washing machine = ₹ 24000

Question 7.
Radhika buys crockery having marked price ₹ 4,500. She gets a discount of 12%. If the CGST is a 6%, find the amount she is required to pay for the crockery. Also find the amount of SCST.
Solution:
MP of crockery = ₹ 4500
Discount offered = 12%
SP of crockery for Radhika = ₹ 4500 – 12% 0f ₹ 4500 = ₹ 4500 – ₹ 540 = ₹ 3960
Rate of CGST = 6 %
We know that, in case of inn state transaction of goods/services
SGST = CGST = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) x GST
∴ GST = 2 x CGST = 2 x 6% = 12%
GST paid by Radhika = 12% 0f ₹ 3960 = \(\frac { 12 }{ 100 }\) x 3960 = ₹ 475.2
∴ Final price paid by Radhika = ₹ 3960 + ₹ 4752 = ₹ 4435.20
We know that, CGST = CGST = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) x GST
∴ CGST = SGST = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) x 475.20 = ₹ 237.60

Question 8.
The list price of a bell laptop is ₹ 84.000. The dealer gives a discount of 20% on the listed price. He also offers 10% additional discount on the balance. However, GST @ 28% is charged oil Laptop. Find
(i) the taxable amount.
(ii) the total amount of GSl’ the customer has to pay.
(iii) final price has to pay to the dealer including CST.
Solution:
MP of Dell Taptop = ₹ 84.000
Discount allowed = 20%
Price after discount = ₹ 84000 – 20% 0f ₹ 84000 = ₹ 84000 – ₹ 16800 = ₹ 67200
Additional discount = 10 %
Price after addittonal discount = ₹ 67200 – 10% 0f ₹ 67200 = ₹ 67200 – ₹ 6720 = ₹ 60.480

(ii) Rate of GST = 28%
GST charged = 28% of = ₹ 60,480 = \(\frac { 28 }{ 100 }\) x ₹ 60480 = ₹ 16934.40

(iii) Final price paid including GST = ₹ 60,480 + ₹ 16934.40 = ₹ 77414.40

Question 9.
Mrs Santa buys goods worth ₹ 6.500 from Easy day store. She gets a rebate of 10% on ₹ 5000 as a member and a flat discount of Soon the remaining. If the GST is charged @ 18% find the total amount she has to pay fur the goods.
Solution:
MP of goods = ₹ 6500
Discount allowed = 10% on ₹ 5000 = ₹ 500
and flat discount allowed = ₹ 50
∴ Total discount allowed = ₹ 500 + ₹ 50 = ₹ 550
SP of goods by easyday = ₹ 6500 – ₹ 550 = ₹ 5950
Rate of GST 18%
GST charged on goods = 18% of 5950 = \(\frac { 18 }{ 100 }\) x 5950 = ₹ 1071
Total price paid by Mrs. Santa = ₹ 5950 + ₹ 1071 = ₹ 7021

Question 10.
A retailer marked up the price of his goods by 20% above the list price and offers to successive discount of 10% and % on the marked up price. GST is @ 18 % on the goods. Find the list prier of goods if the consumer pay ₹ 4617 as CGST. Also find the final price consumer has to pay for the goods.
Solution:
(i) Let list price of the article = ₹ x
According to the question, goods are marked up by 20% followed by two successive discounts of 10% and 5%
∴ Taxable amount = ₹ x \(\left(1+\frac{20}{100}\right)\left(1-\frac{10}{100}\right)\left(1-\frac{5}{100}\right)=₹ x\left(\frac{120}{100}\right)\left(\frac{90}{100}\right)\left(\frac{95}{100}\right)=₹ x \frac{513}{500} x\)
Given, GST 18%
∴ SGST = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) x GST = 9%
According to the questi0n,
\(\frac{9}{100} \times \frac{513}{500} x=4617 \Rightarrow x=\frac{4617 \times 500 \times 100}{9 \times 513}\) = ₹ 51300
∴ List price = ₹ 50000
∴ Taxable amount = ₹ \(\frac { 513 }{ 2 }\) x ₹ 50000 = ₹ 51300
Also, SGST = CGST = ₹ 4617
∴ Final price paid by the c0nsumer = ₹ 51300 + ₹ 4617 = ₹ 60534

Question 11.
Anil went to a shop to buy a bicycle costing ₹ 10,620. the rate of CGST is 9%. He asks the shopkeeper to reduce the price of the bicycle to such an extent so that he has to pay ₹ 10,620 inclusise GST. Find the reduction needed in the price of the bicycle.
Solution:
MP of the bicycle = ₹ 10620 and 1maI price paid by Anil = ₹ 10620
Let the reduced price of a bicycle aller discount be ₹ x
Given CGST = 9%, GST = 18%
∴ GST amount = ₹ \(\frac { 18x }{ 100 }\)
∴ Final price = ₹\(\left(x+\frac{18 x}{100}\right)=₹ \frac{118 x}{100}\)
A.T.Q,
\(\frac { 118x }{ 100 }\) = 10620 ⇒ x = \(\frac { 10620 }{ 118 }\) x 100 = ₹ 9000
Hence, the final price of the bicycle is ₹ 9000
∴ The reduction in the price of the bicycle = MP – Final price = ₹ 10620 – ₹ 9000 = ₹ 1620

Question 12.
The price of a mobile phone is ₹ 32,000 inclusive of 28 % GST on the list price. Vineeta asks for a discount on the list price so that after charging the GST, the final price becomes the list price. Find
(i) the amount of discount which Vineeta got from the shopkeeper,
(ii) the amount of SGST on the discounted value of the mobile.
Solution:
(i) MP of a mobile phone = ₹ 32000
Rate of GST = 28 %
Let the reduced price of a mobile phone after discount be ₹ x
∴ GST amount = ₹ \(\frac { 28x }{ 100 }\)
Final price = ₹(x + \(\frac { 28x }{ 100 }\)) = ₹ \(\frac {128x }{ 100 }\)
A.T.Q
₹ \(\frac {128x }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 3200 ⇒ x = \(\frac{32000 \times 100}{128}\) = ₹ 25000
∴ Final price charted aliei reduction = ₹ 25000
∴ Vinecta got discount from shopkeeper of = ₹ 32000 – ₹ 500 = ₹ 7000

(ii) We know that.
CGST = SGST = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) x GST = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) x 28 = 14%
SGST paid by Vineeta on mobile phone = 14% of 5004J = ₹ 25000 = ₹ 3500

Question 13.
A calculator manufacturers manufacturing cosi of a calculator is ₹ 900. GST is 18%. He manufactured 120 such calculators. He marked up each by 30% and sold to a dealer at a discount of 10%. Find the final price dealer paid for the calculators. Also find the total GST received by the State Government.
Solution:
C.P. of one calculator for manufacturer = ₹ 900
C.P. of 120 calculators 11w manufacturer = ₹ 900 x 120 = ₹ 1,08,000
∴ Input GST paid by manufacturer = 18% 0f ₹ 1,08,000 = \(\frac { 18 }{ 100 }\) x 1,08.000 = ₹ 19,440
Manufacturer marked up the price by 30%
∴ MP of 120 calculators = ₹ 1,08,000 + 30% 0f ₹ 1,08,000 = ₹ 1,08,000 + ₹ 32.400 = ₹ 1,40,400
Manufacturer offers a discount of 10 % 0n M.P.
∴ S.P. of 120 calculators = ₹ 1,40,400 – 10 % 0f ₹ 1,40,400 = ₹ 1,40,400 – ₹ 14,040 = ₹ 1,26,360
∴ output GST i.e. GST received by manufacturer = 18 % 0f ₹ 1,26,360 = \(\frac { 18 }{ 100 }\) x 1,26,360 = ₹ 22,744.80
Thus, final price paid by the dealer = ₹ 1,26,360 + ₹ 22,744.80 = ₹ 1,49,104.80
Since, it is a case of intra state transaction of goods and services
∴ CGST = SGST = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) x GST
Hence, GST received by State government i.e. SGST = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) x GST = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) x ₹ 22,744.80 = ₹ 11372.4

Question 14.
The manufacturer prooduces television sets at a CGST of ₹ 32,000. He sells it to distributor at a profit of ₹ 2,000, distributor sells it to a wholesaler at a profit of ₹ 2,500, and wholesaler sells to a retailer at a profit of ₹ 3,000. Finally retailer sells to consumer at a profit of ₹ 3,500 and rate of GST is 18 %. Find
(i) the final amount which consumer pays for the article.
(ii) total GST amount.
Solution:
Given, Cost price of the television for manufacturer = ₹ 32,000 and rate of GST =18 %
∴ GST paid by manufacturer =18 % of ₹ 32,000 = \(\frac { 18 }{ 100 }\) x 32000 = ₹ 5760
The manufacturer sells it to a distributor at a profit of ₹ 2,000
Given, Sale price of the television for manufacturer = ₹ 32,000 + ₹ 2,000 = ₹ 34,000
and rate of GST = 18 %

∴ Input GST i.e. GST paid by distributor =18 % of ₹ 34,000 = \(\frac { 18 }{ 100 }\) x 34000=₹ 6120
The distibutor sells it to a wholesaler at a profit of ₹ 2,500
Given, Sale price of the television for wholesaler = ₹ 34,000 + ₹ 2,500 = ₹ 36,500
and rate of GST = 18 %

∴ Input GST i.e. GST paid by wholesaler = 18 % of ₹ 36,500 = \(\frac { 18 }{ 100 }\) x 36500 = ₹ 6570
The wholesaler sells it to a retailer at a profit of ₹ 3,000
Given, Sale price of the television for wholesaler = ₹ 36,500 + ₹ 3,000 = ₹ 39,500
and rate of GST = 18 %

∴ Input GST i.e. GST paid by retailer = 18 % of ₹ 39,500 = \(\frac { 18 }{ 100 }\) x 39500 = ₹ 7110
The retailer sells it to a consumer at a profit of ₹ 3,500
Given, Sale price of the television for retailer = ₹ 39,500 + ₹ 3,500 = ₹ 43,000 and rate 0f GST = 18 %

∴ Input GST i.e. GST paid by consumer =18 % of ₹ 43,000 = \(\frac { 18 }{ 100 }\) x 43000= ₹ 7740
(i) Total amount paid by the consumer = S.P. of the Television + GST = ₹ 43000 + ₹ 7740 = ₹ 50740
(ii) Total GST Paid = ₹ 7740

Question 15.
A manufacturer washing machines at a cGST of ₹ 11,000. He sells to ‘ B ‘, and ‘ B ‘ sells to ‘ C ‘, ‘C’ sells it to ‘D’. The GST rate is 28 % and the profit is ₹ 1,500 at each stage of selling chain. Find
(i) the total amount of GST; and
(ii) the price including GST ‘D’ paid for the washing machine.
Solution:
(i) Given, Cost price of the washing machine for manufacturer = ₹ 11,000
and rate of GST =28 %
∴ GST paid by manufacturer = 28 %of ₹ 11,000 = \(\frac { 28 }{ 100 }\) x 11000 = ₹ 3080
The manufacturer sells it to a ‘ B ‘ at a profit of ₹ 1,500
Sale price of the washing machine for manufacturer = ₹ 11,000 + ₹ 1,500 = ₹ 12,500 and rate 0f GST = 28 %

∴ Input GST i.e. GST paid by ‘B’ = 28 % of ₹ 12,500 = \(\frac { 28 }{ 100 }\) x 12500 = ₹ 3500
The ‘ B ‘ sells it to a ‘ C ‘ at a profit of ₹ 1,500
Sale price of the washing machine for ‘C’ prime = ₹ 12,500 + ₹ 1,500 = ₹ 14,000 and rate of GST = 28 %

∴ Input GST i.e. GST paid by ‘C’ = 28 % of ₹ 14,000 = \(\frac { 28 }{ 100 }\) x 14000 = ₹ 3920
The ‘C’ sells it to a ‘D’ at a profit of ₹ 1,500
Sale price of the washing machine for ‘D’ = ₹ 14,000 + ₹ 1,500 = ₹ 15,500 and rate 0f GST = 18 %
∴ Input GST i.e. GST paid by ‘D’ =28 % of ₹ 15,500=28100 15500=₹ 4340
(i) Total amount of GST = ₹ 4340
(ii) Total amount paid by the ‘D’ including GST = S.P. 0f the washing machine + GST
= ₹ 15500 + ₹ 4340 = ₹ 19840

Question 16.
The manufacturer sold a TV to a wholesaler at a profit of ₹ 1000, whose manufacturing cost is ₹ 15.000. The holesaler sold it to a trader at a profit of ₹ 1000. If the trader sold it to the customer at profit ₹ 1500. Find
(i) Total GST collected by the State government at the rate of 28%.
(ii) The amount that the customer paid for the TV.
Solution:
(i) Given, CGST price of the TV for manufacturer = ₹ 15,000
and rate GST = 28%
∴ GST paid by manufacturer = 28% of ₹ 15,000 = \(\frac { 28 }{ 100 }\) x 15000 = ₹ 4200
The manufacturer sells it to a wholesaler at a profit of ₹ 1,000
Given, Sale price of the television for manufacturer = ₹ 15,000 + ₹ 1,000 = ₹ 16,000 and rate of GST = 28 %
∴ Input GST i.e. GST paid by wholesaler = 28 % of ₹ 16,000 = \(\frac { 28 }{ 100 }\) x 15000=₹ 4480
The wholesaler sells it to a trader at a profit of ₹ 1000
Given, Sale price of the television for wholesaler = ₹ 16,000 + ₹ 1000 = ₹ 17000
and rate of GST = 28 %

∴ Input GST i.e. GST paid by trader = 28 % of ₹ 17,000 = \(\frac { 28 }{ 100 }\) x 17000 = ₹ 4760
The trader sells it to a consumer at a profit of ₹ 1500
Given, Sale price of the television for trader = ₹ 17,000 + ₹ 1,500 = ₹ 18500 and rate 0f GST = 28 %

∴ Input GST i.e. GST paid by consumer = 28 % of ₹ 18500 = \(\frac { 28 }{ 100 }\) x 18500 = ₹ 5180
(i) Total GST collected by the State Government = GST paid by consumer = ₹ 5180
(ii) Total amount paid by the consumer = S.P. of the Television + GST = ₹ 18500 + ₹ 5180 = ₹ 23680

Question 17.
Mr T N Naim purchased sportbike for his son at a discount of 15 %, having exshowroom price ₹ 4,00,500. Insurance cover premium of the bike is 8 % of the discounted value. The CGST of accessories is ₹ 20,000. Dealer offered 5 % discount on accessories. Rate of GST is 28 %on the bike and 18 % on the insurance premium and 12 % on the accessories. Find
(i) Total amount of GST to (the nearest rupee)
(ii) Total amount (to nearest rupee) including the insurance premium paid by Mr TN Naim.
Solution:
MP of sponhike ₹ 4,00,500 Discount allowed 15%
SP of sporthike = ₹ 4,00,500 – 15% of ₹ 4,00,500 = ₹ 4,00,500 – ₹ 60.075 = ₹ 3,40,425
Insurance cover premium of the hike is 8% of the discounted value

∴ Amount of insurance cover premium 8% of ₹ 3,40.425 = \(\frac { 8 }{ 100 }\) x 3.40,425 = ₹ 27.234
CGST of accessories ₹ 20,000
Discount allowed 5%
SP of accessories = ₹ 20,000 – 5% 0f ₹ 20,000 = ₹ 20,000 – 1,000 = ₹ 19,000
Rate of GS’I’ on hike 28%

∴ Amount of GST on bike and accessories = 28% of ₹ 3.40,425 = \(\frac { 8 }{ 100 }\) x ₹ 3.40.425 = ₹ 95.3 19
Rate of GST on insurance premium 18%
∴ Amvunt of GST on insurance premium 18% of ₹ 27,234 = ₹ 4,902.12
Rate of GST on accessories = 12%

∴ Amount of GST on accessories = 12% 0f ₹ 19,000 = ₹ 2,280
(i) Total amount of GST = ₹ 95,319 + ₹ 4,902 + ₹ 2,280 = ₹ 1,02,501
(ii) Total amount paid by Mr TN Naim = ₹ 3,40,425 + ₹ 19,000 + ₹ 27,234 + ₹ 1,02,501 = ₹ 4.89,160

Question 18.
A person bought following stationery items :

Item Quantity Rate
Chelpark ink 10 bottles ₹ 85 each
Pens 6 dozens ₹ 200 per dozen
Erasers 8 dozens ₹ 50 per dozen
Sharpeners 10 dozens ₹ 40 per dozen
Pencils 12 dozens ₹120 per dozen

If the SGST is @ 2.5%, find the amount paid by him for his purchases. Also find the amount of GST paid by him.
Solution:
Given SGST = 2.5 %
We know that, SGST = CGST = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) GST
∴ GST = 2 x SGST = 2 x 2.5 = 5 %
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 1 GST (Goods and Service Tax) Ex 1 1

Question 19.
Mrs. Gupta bought the following articles from a department store:

Item Quantity Rate (in ₹) Discount GST rate
Cosmetics 2 ₹ 690 5% 18%
Tea Set 1 ₹ 1500 10% 12%
Shirts 4 ₹ 1500 10% 12%
Packed Dry fruits 4 ₹ 800 25% 18%
Unpacked food grains 1 ₹ 560 10% NIL

Find
(i) Total amount of GST
(ii) Total bill amount
Solution:
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 1 GST (Goods and Service Tax) Ex 1 2
(i) Total bill amount = ₹ 1546.98 + ₹ 1512 + ₹ 4838.40 + ₹ 2832 + ₹ 504 = ₹ 11233.38
Total Taxable amount = ₹ 1311 + ₹ 1350 + ₹ 4320 + ₹ 2400 + ₹ 504 = ₹ 9885
∴ Total amount of GST = Total bill amount – total taxable amount = ₹ 11233.38 – ₹ 9885 = ₹ 1348.38

(ii) Total bill amount = ₹ 1546.98 + ₹ 1512 + ₹ 4838.40 + ₹ 2832 + ₹ 504 = ₹ 11233.38

Question 20.
Mr. Madhukar buys following goods from Big Bazaar

Item Cost Rate of GST Discount
Cosmetics ₹ 4,500 12% 10%
Tea Set ₹ 25,600 28% 25%
Shirts ₹ 3,400 5% NIL
Packed Dry fruits ₹ 2,400 5% NIL
Unpacked food grains ₹ 1,200 NIL NIL

Find
(i) Total taxable amount
(ii) Total discount amount
(iii) Total GST amount
(iv) Total Bill amount
Solution:
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 1 GST (Goods and Service Tax) Ex 1 3
(i) Total taxable amount = ₹ 4050 + ₹ 19200 + ₹ 3400 + ₹ 2400 = ₹ 29,050
(ii) Total Discount amount = ₹ 450 +₹ 6400 = ₹ 6850
(iii) Total bill amount of GST items = ₹ 4536 + ₹ 24576 + ₹ 3570 + ₹ 2520 = ₹ 35,202
Total amount of GST = Total bill amount – total taxable amount = ₹ 36,402 – ₹ 29,050 = ₹ 6152
(iv) Total bill amount = ₹ 4536 + ₹ 24576 + ₹ 3570 + ₹ 2520 + ₹ 1200 = ₹ 36,402

Additional Questions

Question 1.
A dealer X in Meerut (UP) sold a table for f12000 to a consumer in Agra (UP). If the GST rate is 18%, calculate
(i) the IGST
(ii) the CGST
(iii) the SGST
Solution:
Since, It is a case of Intra-slate transaction of goods and services
∴ CGST = SGST = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) x GST
Given S.P. of a table = ₹ 12,000
GST. rate = 18 %
∴ CGST = SGS.T. = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) x 18% =9%
(i) IGST = Nil
(ii) C.G.S.T. = 9% of S.I of a table = 9% of ₹ 12.000 = ₹ \(\left(\frac{9}{100} \times 12,000\right)\) = ₹ 1080
(iii) S.G.S.T = 9% of S.P. of a table = 9% of 12,000 = ₹ \(\left(\frac{9}{100} \times 12,000\right)\) = ₹ 1080

Question 2.
A wholesaler A sells a machine to a retailer B for ₹ 5000 and the retailer B sells it to a consumer at a profit of 1000. If the GST rate is 12%, calculate the tax liability of the retailer B.
Solution:
Let us assume, it is a case of intra-state transaction of goods and services
∴ CGST = SGST = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) x GST
Given, S.P. of washing machine for wholesaler = ₹ 5,000
Rate of G. S.T. = 12%
∴ C.G.S.T. = S.G.S.T. = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) x G.S.T. = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) x 12% = 6%
∴ C.G.S.T. = 6% of ₹ 5000 = \(\frac { 6 }{ 100 }\) x ₹ 5000 = ₹ 300
and S.GS.T. = 6% of ₹ 5000 = \(\frac { 6 }{ 100 }\) x ₹ 5000 = ₹ 300
Hence, input GST, for Retailer are C.GS.T. ₹ 300 and S.G.S.T = ₹ 300
The retailer B sells itto a consumer at a profit of ₹ 1000
Now, S.P. of washing machine for consumer ₹ 5000 + 1000 = ₹ 6000
∴ Output C.G.S.T. 6% of ₹ 6,000 = \(\frac { 6 }{ 100 }\) x 6,000 = ₹ 360
and Output C.GS.T. = 6% of ₹ 6,000 = \(\frac { 6 }{ 100 }\) x 6,000 = ₹ 360
Now, tax liability of retailer = (Output S.GS.T. + Output C.GS.T.) (Input S.GS.T. + Input C.G.S.T.)
= (₹ 360 + ₹ 360) – (₹ 300 + ₹ 300) = ₹ 720 – ₹ 600 = ₹ 120

Question 3.
A microwave oven having a marked price of 22000 was sold by a dealer in Patna (Bihar) toa consumer in Gaya (Bihar) at a discount of 25%. If the rate of GST is 18%, calculate the IGST, CGST and SGST charged from the consumer. Also, determine the total amount of bill.
Solution:
Since, it is a case of intra-state transaction of goods and services,
∴ CGST = SGST = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) x GST and IGST = Nil
Given, Marked price of microwave = ₹ 22,000
Discount % = 25%
Discount amount = 25% of ₹ 22000 = \(\frac { 25 }{ 100 }\) × 22000 = ₹ 5500
∴ S.P. of microwave for wholesaler = M.P. – Discount = ₹ 16500
Also, given rate of GS.T. = 18%
∴ CGST = SGST = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) x 18% = 9%
Hence, CGST = SGST 9% of ₹ 16500 = \(\frac { 9 }{ 100 }\) x 16500 = ₹ 1485
Now total bill amount S.P. of Microwave + CGST + SGST
= ₹ 16500 + ₹ 1485 + ₹ 1485 = ₹ 19470

Question 4.
A dealer in Mumbai sold a telescope to an end-user in Bangalore. The marked price of the telescope was ₹ 25000 and the dealer of tred a discount of 20%. If the rate of GST is 28%, calculate the IGST, CGST and SGST charged from the end-user. Also determine the total amount of bill,
Solution:
Since, it is a case of inter-state transaction of goods and services
∴ IGST = GST
and CGST = SGST = Nil
Given, Marked price of telescope = ₹ 25000
Discount % = 20%
Discount amount = 20% of ₹ 25000 = \(\frac { 20 }{ 100 }\) x 25000 = ₹ 5000
∴ S.P. of telescope = MP. – discount amount = ₹ (25000 – 5000) = ₹ 20000
Also, given rate of GST = 28%
∴ IGST = GST = 28%
∴ IGST = 28% of ₹ 20000 = \(\frac { 28 }{ 100 }\) x 20000 = ₹ 600
Now, total bill amount = S.P. telescope + IGST = ₹ 20000 + ₹ 5600 = ₹ 25600

Question 5.
A dealer purchased a music system from the manufacturing company for ₹ 25000 and sold it to a consumer at a profit of 20%. If the rate of GST is 18%, calculate
(i) the amounts of Input CGST and Input SGST for the dealer
(ii) the amount of GST payable by dealer to the Governmcnt
(iii) the amount that the consumer has to pay for the music system
(Assume that all transactions take place in the same state)
Solution:
Since, it is a case of intra state transaction of goods and services
∴ CGST = SGST = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) x GST
(i) Given, S.P. ola music system for manufacturer = ₹ 25,000
Rate of GST = 18%
∴ CGST = 9% of ₹ 25000 = \(\frac { 9 }{ 100 }\) x 25000 = ₹ 2250
and SGST = 9% of ₹ 25000 = \(\frac { 9 }{ 100 }\) x 25000 = ₹ 2250
Hence, Input CGST = Input SGST for dealer = ₹ 2250

(ii) Also, dealer sold music system to consumer at a profit of 20%
∴ SP of u music system t1r dealer = ₹ 25000 + 20% of ₹ 25000 = ₹ 25000 + ₹ 5000 = ₹ 30000 and Rate of GST = 18%
∴ CGST = 9% of ₹ 30000 = \(\frac { 9 }{ 100 }\) x 30000 = ₹ 2700
and SGSI = 9% of ₹ 30000 = \(\frac { 9 }{ 100 }\) x 30000 = ₹ 2700
Hence. Output CGST and Output SGST for dealer = 2700
∴ The amount of GST payable by dealer to the government
= [Output CGST + Output SGST] – [Input CGST + Input SGST]
= [ ₹ 2700 + ₹ 2700] – [₹ 2250 + ₹ 2250] = ₹ 5400 – ₹ 4500 = ₹ 900

(iii) CR of music system for consumer = S.P. of music system + output CGST + output SGST
= ₹ 30000 + ₹ 2700 + 2700 = ₹ 35400

Question 6.
A registered computer engineer provides computer maintenance services to five different companies.
He offers different discounts to different companies depending upon their payment terms.

Company C1 C2 C3 C4 C5
Service costs (in ₹) 8200 12100 13600 8000 12500
Discount 30% 25% 20% 15% 10%

If the rate of GST is 18 %, calculate the output GST for the computer engineer.
Solution:
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 1 GST (Goods and Service Tax) Ex 1 4
∴ The output GST for the computer engineer = ₹ 1033.20 + ₹ 1633.50 + ₹ 1958.40 + ₹ 1224 + ₹ 2025 = 7874.10

Question 7.
Mr. Kumar a registered dealer purchased goods worth ₹ 40000 from a dealer (within the same state). If the rate of GST is 18%.
(i) Calculate the Input COSI and the Input SUSE
(ii) If the sold these goods to Mr. Dcv (within the state) for ₹ 50000, calculate Mr Kumar’s output CGST and output SGST.
(iii) Calculate the CGS I’ and SOST payable by Mr. Kurnar.
Solution:
Since, it is a case of intra state transaction of goods/services.
∴ CGST = SGST = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) x GST
(i) Given, rate of GST 18%
Hence, CGST = SGST = 9%
SP of goods for a dealer = ₹ 40,000
∴ CGST = 9% of ₹ 40000 = \(\frac { 9 }{ 100 }\) x ₹ 40000 = ₹ 3600
and SOST = 9% of ₹ 40000 = \(\frac { 9 }{ 100 }\) x ₹ 40000 = ₹ 3600
hence. Input CGST = Input SOST for registered dealer. Mr. Kumar ₹ 3600

(ii) SP of goods for Mr. Kurnar = ₹ 50.000
∴ CGST = 9% of ₹ 5000 = \(\frac { 9 }{ 100 }\) x 5000 = ₹ 4500
and SGST = 9% of ₹ 50000 = \(\frac { 9 }{ 100 }\) x 50000 = ₹ 4500
Hence, output CGSI = Output SGST for Mr. Kumar = ₹ 4500

(iii) CGST payable by Mr. Kumar to the government = Output COST – Input COST
= ₹ 4500 – ₹ 3600 = ₹ 900
Also SGST payable by Mr. Kumar to the government = Output SGST – Input SGST
= ₹ 4500 – 3600 = ₹ 900

Question 8.
A shopkeeper buys a machine at a discount of 20% from the wholesaler. The printed price of the machine is ₹ 16000 and the raie of GST is 8%. The shopkeeper sells it to the consumer at the printed price. Calculate.
(i) the price at which the machrnc is bought by the consumer
(ii) the COST and the SGST payable by the shopkeeper to the Government assuming that all the transactions were intrastate.
Solution:
Since, it is a case of intra-state transaction of goods and services.
∴ CGST = SGST x \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) x GST
Given, Printed price of the machine = ₹ 16.000
and kate of GST = 8%
and discount rate = 20%
∴ SP. of machine for wholesaler = ₹ 16000 – 20% of ₹ 16000 = ₹ 12,800
Now, CGST = 4% of ₹ 12,800 = \(\frac { 4 }{ 100 }\) x 12800 = ₹ 512
and SGST = 4 % of ₹ 12800 = \(\frac { 4 }{ 100 }\) x 12800 = ₹ 512
Hence, Input CGST = Input SGST for shopkeeper = ₹ 512

(i) SP. of the machine for shopkeeper = ₹ 16000
∴ CGST = 4% of ₹ 16000 = \(\frac { 4 }{ 100 }\) x 16000 = ₹ 640
and SGST = 4% of ₹ 16000 = \(\frac { 4 }{ 100 }\) x 16000 = ₹ 640
Hence, Output COST = Output 5GST for the shopkeeper = ₹ 640
Total amount paid by the consumer = S.P. of the machine + CGSI + SGST = ₹ 16000 + ₹ 640 + ₹ 640 = ₹ 17280

(ii) CGST payable by the shopkeeper to the government Output CGST – Input SGST
= ₹ 640 – ₹ 512 = ₹ 128
and SGST payable by the shopkeeper to the government = Output SGS – Input SGST
= ₹ 640 – ₹ 512 = ₹ 128

Question 9.
A wholesaler buys a machine from the manufacturer 11w 25000. He marks the price of the machine 20% above his cost price and sells it to a retailer at 10% discount on the marked price If the rate of GST is 18% and assuming that all transactions occur within the same state, calculate
(i) the marked price of the machine
(ii) retailers cost price inclusive of GST
(iii) the CGST and SGST payable by the wholesaler to the government
Solution:
Since, it is a case of intra-state transaction of goods and services.
∴ CGST = SGST = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) x GST
Given, Sale price of the machine for rnanutcrurcr = ₹ 25,000
and rate of GST = 18%
∴ CGST = 9% of ₹ 25,000 = \(\frac { 9 }{ 100 }\) x 25000= ₹ 2250
and SGST = 9% of ₹ 25,000 = \(\frac { 9 }{ 100 }\) x 25000 = ₹ 2250
Hence, Input CGST = Input SGST for wholesaler ₹ 2250

(i) Thc wholesaler marks the price of machine at 20 above the cost price.
∴ Marked price of the machine = ₹ 25000 + 20% of ₹ 25000
= ₹ 25000 + \(\left(\frac{20}{100} \times 25000\right)\) = ₹ 25000 + 5000 = ₹ 30000

(ii) The wholesaler further sells the machine at a discount of 10% to the retailer.
∴ SP. of the machine for wholesaler = ₹ 30000 – 10% of ₹ 3000
= ₹ 30000 – \(\left(\frac{10}{100} \times 30000\right)\) = ₹ 30000 – 3000 = ₹ 27000
∴ CGST = 9% of ₹ 2700 = \(\frac { 9 }{ 100 }\) x 27000 = ₹ 2430
and SGST = 9% of ₹ 27000 = \(\frac { 9 }{ 100 }\) x 2700 = ₹ 2430
Hence, Output CGST = Output SGST for the wholesaler = ₹ 2430
Total amount paid by the retailer = S.P. of the machine + CGST + SGST
= ₹ 27000 + ₹ 2430 + ₹ 2430 = ₹ 31860

(ii) CGST payable by the wholesaler to the government = Output CGST – Input SGST
= ₹ 2430 – ₹ 2250 = ₹ 180
and SGST payable by the shopkeeper to the government Output SGST Input SGST
= ₹ 2430 – ₹ 2250 = ₹ 180

Question 10.
A manufacturer sells a dish washer to a wholesaler for ₹ 18000. The wholesaler sells it to a dealer at a profit of ₹ 1500 and the dealer sells it to a consumer at a profit of ₹ 2500. If the rate of GST is 12% and assuming that all transactions occur within the same slate, calculate
(i) the total amount of GST received by the central and the state governments on the sale of this dish washer from the manufacturer to the consumer.
(ii) the amount paid by the consumer for the dish washer.
Solution:
(i) Since, it is a case of intra-state transaction of goods and serices
∴ CGST = SGST= \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) x GST
Given, Sale prive ol’ the dish washer fur manutäcturer = ₹ 18,000
and rate of GST = 12%
∴ CGST paid by wholesaler 6% of ₹ 18,000 = \(\frac { 6 }{ 100 }\) x 18000 = ₹ 1080
and SGST paid by wholesaler = 6% of ₹ 18,000 = \(\frac { 6 }{ 100 }\) x 18000 = ₹ 1080
Hence, Input CGST = Input SGST for wholesaler = ₹ 1080
The wholesaler sells it to a dealer at a profit of ₹ 1500
∴ S.P. of the machine for wholesaler = ₹ 18000 + ₹ 1500 = ₹ 19500
∴ CGST paid by rerailer = 6% of ₹ 19500 = \(\frac { 6 }{ 100 }\) x 19500 = ₹ 1170
and SGST paid by retailer = 6% of ₹ 19500 = \(\frac { 6 }{ 100 }\) x 19500 = ₹ 1170
Hence, output CGST = output SGST for the wholesaler = ₹ 1170
and Input CGST and Input CGST for the retailer = ₹ 1170
Total amount paid by die retailer = SP. of the machine + CGST + SGST
= ₹ 19500 + ₹ 1170 + ₹ 1170 = ₹ 21840
The retailer sells it to a consumer at a profit of ₹ 2500
∴ SP of the machine for dealer = ₹ 19500 + ₹ 2500 = ₹ 22000
∴ CGST paid by consumer = 6% of ₹ 22000 = \(\frac { 6 }{ 100 }\) x 22000 = ₹ 1320
and SGST paid by consumer = 6% of ₹ 22000 = \(\frac { 6 }{ 100 }\) x 22000 = ₹ 1320
Hence. Output COST = Output SOST for the retailer ₹ 1320
The total amount received by the GST received by the Central Government on the sale of this dish
washer from the manufacturer to the consumer is ₹ 1320 and by the State Government is ₹ 1320.

(ii) Total amount paid by the consumer = S.P. of the machine – CGST + SGST
= ₹ 22000 + ₹ 1320 + ₹ 1320 = ₹ 24640

Question 11.
A shopkeeper bought an air conditioner at a discount of 20% from a wholesaler, the printed price of the air conditioner being ₹ 28000. The shopkeeper sells it to a consumer at a discount of 10% on the printed price. If the GST rate is 18%, find
(i) the CGST and SGST payable by the shopkeeper to the Government.
(ii) the total amount paid by the consumer for the air conditioner
Solution:
Since, it is a case of intra-state transaction of goods and services.
∴ CGST = SGST = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) x GST
Given, Marked price of the air conditioner for wholesaler = ₹ 28,000
Discount price = 20%
S.P. of the air conditioner for wholesaler ₹ 28,000 – 20% of ₹ 28,000 = ₹ 28,000 – ₹ 5,600 = ₹ 22,400
and Rate of GST = 18%
∴ CGST = 9% of ₹ 22.400 = \(\frac { 9 }{ 100 }\) x 22400 = ₹ 2016
and SGST = 9% of ₹ 22,400 = \(\frac { 9 }{ 100 }\) x 22400 = ₹ 2016
Hence, Input CGST = Input SGST for shopkeeper = ₹ 2016
The shopkeeper further sells the air conditioner at a discount of 10% to the consumer on the printed price.
∴ S.P. of the machine for shopkeeper = ₹ 28000 – 10 % of ₹ 28000
= ₹ 28000 – (\(\frac { 10 }{ 100 }\) x 28000) = ₹ 28ooo – 28o0 = ₹ 25200
∴ CGST = 9% of ₹ 25200 = \(\frac { 9 }{ 100 }\) x 25200 = ₹ 2268
and SGST 9% of 25200 x 25200 2268
Hence, output CGST = output SGST for the shopkeeper = ₹ 2268
(i) CGST payable by the shopkeeper to the government = Output GST – Input SGST
= ₹ 2268 – ₹ 2016 = ₹ 252
and SGST payable by the shopkeeper to the government = Output SGST – Input SGST
= ₹ 2268 – ₹ 2016 = ₹ 252

(ii) ThtaI amount paid by the retailer = S.P. of the machine + CGST + SGST
= ₹ 25200 + ₹ 2268 – ₹ 2268 = ₹ 29736

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 3 Shares and Dividends Ex 3(a)

Accessing OP Malhotra Class 10 Solutions Chapter 3 Shares and Dividends Ex 3(a) can be a valuable tool for students seeking extra practice.

S Chand Class 10 ICSE Maths Solutions Chapter 3 Shares and Dividends Ex 3(a)

Question 1.
Find the cost of
(i) 200 shares of Rs. 10 each available at Rs. 2.50 premium.
(ii) 220 shares of Rs. 15 each available at Rs. 1.50 discount.
(iii) Purchasing Rs. 200 stock yielding 9% at 105.
(iv) 1000 shares of Rs. 25 each at a premium of Rs. 60.
(v) 450 shares of Rs. 100 each at the market price of Rs. 30.80.
Solution:
(i) Face value of each share = Rs. 10
∴ Market value of each share = Rs. 10 + RS. 2.50 = Rs. 12.50
∴ Market value of 200 shares = Rs. 12.50 x 200 = Rs. 2500

(ii) Face value of each share = Rs. 15
Market value = Rs. 15 – Rs. 1.50 = Rs. 13.50
Market value of 220 shares
= Rs. 13.50 x 220 = Rs. 2970

(iii) Market value of each share = Rs. 10
∴ Market value of Rs. 200 shares
= Rs. 105 x 200 = Rs. 21000

(iv) Face value of each share = Rs. 25
Market value of each share
= Rs. 60 + 25 = Rs. 85
∴ Cost of 1000 shares = Rs. 85 x 1000
= Rs. 85000

(v) Face value of each share = Rs. 100
Market value of each share = Rs. 30.80
∴ Value of 450 shares = Rs. 30.80 x 450
= Rs. 13860

Question 2.
Find the annual dividend on
(i) 450 shares with par value of Rs. 10 if the annual dividend is 7.5%.
(ii) 50 Tata Mills 4% (Rs. 6) shares at Rs. 6.25.
(iii) 180 Shri Ram Fibres 7\(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\)% (Rs. 10) shares at 14.50.
(iv) 100 Hindustan Motors (Rs. 10) shares at Rs. 8, dividend 4% p.a.
Solution:
(i) Face value of each share = Rs. 10
∴ Value of 450 shares = Rs. 10 x 450
= Rs. 4500
Rate of dividend = 7.5%
∴ Total dividend = 7.5% of Rs. 4500
= Rs. \(\frac{4500 \times 7.5}{100}\) = Rs. 337.50

(ii) Face value of each share = Rs. 6
∴ Value of 50 shares = Rs. 6 x 50 = Rs. 300
Rate of dividend = 4%
∴ Total dividend = 4% of Rs. 300
= Rs. 300 x \(\frac { 4 }{ 100 }\) = Rs. 12

(iii) Face value of each share = Rs. 10
∴ Value of 180 shares = Rs. 10 x 180
= Rs. 1800
Rate of dividend = 7\(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) % = \(\frac { 15 }{ 2 }\)%
∴ Total dividend = \(\frac { 15 }{ 2 }\) % of Rs. 1800 1800×15
= Rs. \(\frac { 1800 × 15 }{ 100 × 2 }\) = Rs. 135

(iv) Face value of each share = Rs. 10
∴ Value of 100 shares = Rs. 10 x 100
= Rs. 1000
Rate of dividend = 4%
∴ Total dividend = 4% of Rs. 1000
= Rs. 1000 x \(\frac { 4 }{ 100 }\) = Rs. 40

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 3 Shares and Dividends Ex 3(a)

Question 3.
Write down the sum of money obtained by selling 60 (Rs. 100) shares at 112.
Solution:
By selling one share, money is obtained = Rs. 112
∴ By selling 60 shares, money will be obtained = Rs. 112 x 60 = Rs. 6720

Question 4.
Ravi invested Rs. 6250 in shares of a company paying 6% per annum. If he bought Rs. 25 shares for Rs. 31.25 each, find his annual income from this investment.
Solution:
By investing Rs. 31.25, shares can be purchased = 1
and by investing Rs. 6250, number of shares can be purchased = \(\frac{1 \times 6250}{31.25}\) = 200
Nominal value of 200 shares at the rate of Rs. 25 per share = Rs. 25 x 200 = Rs. 5000
Rate of dividend = 6%
Total dividend = Rs. 5000 x \(\frac { 6 }{ 100 }\) = Rs. 300

Question 5.
Write down the price of 100 (Rs. 10) shares costing Rs. 2000.
Solution:
Price of 100 shares = Rs. 2000
∴ Face value of each share
= 2000 x \(\frac { 1 }{ 100 }\) = Rs. 20

Question 6.
A company declares semi-annual dividend of 5%. Krishan Lai owns 25 shares (of par value Rs. 12.50 each). How much annual dividend must he receive.
Solution:
Face value of each share = Rs. 12.50
Value of 25 shares = Rs. 12.50 x 25 = Rs. 312.50
Rate of dividend = 5% semi annually
∴ Annually dividend = 5 x 2 = 10%
∴ Total dividend = Rs. 312.50 x \(\frac { 10 }{ 100 }\)
= Rs. 31.25

Question 7.
A man bought 250 (₹ 1) shares and received from them a dividend of ₹ 20. What is the rate % of the dividend?
Solution:
Number of shares = 250
Face value of each share = Re. 1
Total dividend = Rs. 20
Face value of 250 shares = 250 x 1 = Rs. 250
∴Rate of dividend = \(\frac{\text { Total dividend } \times 100}{\text { Total face value }}\)
= \(\frac{20 \times 100}{250}\)

Question 8.
A man invests Rs. 4800 in shares of a company which was paying 8% dividend at the time when a Rs. 100 share cost Rs. 160. Find (i) his annual income from the shares, (ii) the rate of interest he gets on his investment.
Solution:
Investment = Rs. 4800
Rate of dividend = 8%
Face value of each share = Rs. 100
Market value of each share = Rs. 160
∴Number of shares = Rs. \(\frac { 4800 }{ 160 }\) = 30
and total value of 30 shares = Rs. 100 x 30 = Rs. 3000
(i) ∴ Total dividend = Rs. \(\frac { 3000×8 }{ 100 }\) = Rs. 240
(ii) Rate of interest on his investment = \(\frac{240 \times 100}{4800}\) = 5%

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 3 Shares and Dividends Ex 3(a)

Question 9.
A company pays a dividend of 15% on its ten-rupee shares from which is deducted income tax at the rate of 22%. Find the annual income of a man who owns 100 shares of this company.
Solution:
Rate of dividend = Rs. 15%
Face value of each share = Rs. 10
Rate of Income Tax = 22%
Number of shares = 100
Face value of 100 shares = Rs. 10 x 100
= Rs. 1000
∴ Total dividend = Rs. 1000 x \(\frac { 15 }{ 100 }\) = Rs. 150
Rate of Income Tax = 22%
∴ Total tax deducted = Rs. 150 x \(\frac { 22 }{ 100 }\) = Rs. 33
∴ Net annual income = Rs. 150 – Rs. 33 = Rs. 117

Question 10.
A man bought 1000 shares each of face value Rs. 5 at Rs. 7 per share. At the end of the year, the company from which he
bought the shares declared a dividend of 8%. Calculate
(i) the amount of money invested by the man;
(ii) the percentage return on his outlay correct to one decimal place.
Solution:
Number of shares = 1000
Face value of each share = Rs. 5
Market value of each share = Rs. 7
Rate of dividend = 8%
(i) Total face value of 1000 shares = Rs. 5 x 1000 = Rs. 5000
∴ Amount of investment = 1000 x Rs. 7 = Rs. 7000

(ii) Total dividend = Rs. 5000 x \(\frac { 8 }{ 100 }\) = Rs. 400
∴ Rate of interest = Rs. \(\frac{400 \times 100}{7000}\)
= \(\frac { 40 }{ 7 }\) = 5.7 %
Percentage of return = 5 \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) %

Question 11.
A company with 10000 shares of nominal value Rs. 100 declares an annual dividend of 8% to the share-holders.
(i) Calculate the total amount of dividend paid by the company.
(ii) Ramesh had bought 90 shares of the company at Rs. 150 per share. Calculate the dividend he receives and the percentage return on his investment.
Solution:
Number of shares = 10000
Nominal value of each share = Rs. 100
Rate of dividend = 8%
∴ Total value of 10000 shares = Rs. 100 x 10000 = Rs. 1000000
(i) Total dividend paid by the company
= Rs. 1000000 x \(\frac { 8 }{ 100 }\) = Rs. 80000

(ii) Number of shares, Ramesh has = 90
Value of 90 shares = Rs. 100 x 90 = Rs. 9000
Dividend = Rs \(\frac{9000 \times 8}{100}\) = Rs. 720 100
Market value be each share = Rs. 150
Investment on purchasing 90 shares = Rs. 150 x 90 = Rs. 13500
Percent of interest on his investment
= Rs. \(\frac{720 \times 100}{13500}\)
= \(\frac { 16 }{ 3 }\) % = 5 \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) %
Percentage of return = 5 \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) %

Question 12.
Aditi has 40 shares of nominal value Rs. 100 and she decides to sell them when they are at a premium of 50%. She invests the proceeds in shares of nominal value of Rs. 75 quoted at a 20% discounts paying 25% dividend annually. Calculate:
(i) the sale proceeds
(ii) the number of shares she buys;
(iii) the annual dividend from these shares.
Solution:
Number of shares Aditi has = 40
Nominal value of each share = Rs. 100
∴ Total value of 40 shares = Rs. 100 x 40 = Rs. 4000
Market price of each shares = Rs. 100 + 50 = Rs. 150
(i) Amount received on selling them = Rs. 150 x 40 = Rs. 6000
(ii) In second case, nominal value of each share = Rs. 75
Market value of each share 20% discount
= Rs. \(\frac{75 \times(100-20)}{100}\) = Rs. \(\frac{75 \times 80}{100}\)
= Rs. 60
Rate of dividend = 25% annually
(i) Number of shares be bought
= Rs. \(\frac { 6000 }{ 60 }\) = 100

(ii) Face value of 100 shares at the rate of Rs. 75 = 75 x 100

(iii) Annual dividend = Rs. \(\frac{7500 \times 25}{100}\) = Rs. 1875

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 3 Shares and Dividends Ex 3(a)

Question 13.
Mr. Khanna holds 1600, Rs. 100 shares of a company that pays 12% dividend annually. Calculate his annual dividend. If he had bought these shares at 50% premium, what percentage return does he get on his investment.
Solution:
Number of shares Mr. Khanna holds = 1600
Face value of each share = Rs. 100
Annually dividend = 12%
(i) Total value of 1600 shares = Rs. 100 x 1600 = Rs. 160000
and total dividend = Rs. \(\frac{160000 \times 12}{100}\)
= Rs. 19200
Cost price of each share = Rs. 100 + 50 = Rs. 150
Total investment = 1600 x 150 = Rs. 240000
∴ Percentage of return will be
= \(\frac{19200 \times 100}{240000}\)

Question 14.
A man invests Rs. 11200 in a company paying 6% dividend per annum when its Rs. 100 shares can be bought for Rs. 140. Find (i) his annual dividend, (ii) his percentage income on this investment.
Solution:
Total investment = Rs. 11200
Rate of dividend = 6%
Face value of each share = Rs. 100
and market value = Rs. 140
∴ Number of shares purchased
= RS. \(\frac { 11200 }{ 140 }\)
Face value of 80 shares = Rs. 100 x 80 = Rs. 8000
(i) Annual dividend = Rs. 8000 x \(\frac { 6 }{ 100 }\) = Rs. 480
(ii) Percentage income on his investment
= Rs. \(\frac{480 \times 100}{11200}\) = \(\frac { 30 }{ 7 }\) = 4\(\frac { 2 }{ 7 }\) % p.a.

Question 15.
A company having a capital stock of Rs. 450000 declares a dividend of 4% semi-annually.
(a) What is the annual income of a stockholder owning 135 shares at par- value of Rs. 10?
(b) What is the total amount of dividend paid annually by the company?
Solution:
Total capital stock = Rs. 450000
Rate of dividend = 4% semi annually or 4 x 2 = 8% annually
(a) Number of shares = 135
Nominal value of each share = Rs. 10
∴ Total value of 135 shares = Rs. 10 x 135 = Rs. 1350
Dividend of Rs. 1350 = Rs. 1350 x \(\frac { 8 }{ 100 }\) = Rs. 108

(b) Total amount of dividend annually 8
= Rs. 450000 x \(\frac { 8 }{ 100 }\)
= Rs. 36000

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(b)

Peer review of ICSE Class 10 Maths Solutions S Chand Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(b) can encourage collaborative learning.

S Chand Class 10 ICSE Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(b)

Question 1.

Class-interval 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40
Frequency 10 45 12 3

Solution:

Class-interval Frequency
0-10 10
10-20 45
20-30 12
30-40 3

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(b) Img 1
Represent class-intervals along x-axis and frequency along y-axis and draw the histogram as shown here Now inside the highest rectangle we join A to C and B to D intersecting each other at P.
From P, draw PQ perpendicular on x-axis meeting it at Q, then Q is the mode which is 15 (approx)

Question 2.

Marks 1-5 6-10 11-15 16-20 21-25
f 7 10 16 32 24

Solution:
Writing the classes in exclusive form,

Marks f
0.5-5.5 7
5.5-10.5 10
10.5-15.5 16
15.5-20.5 32
20.5-25.5 24

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(b) Img 2
Represent the marks (class interval) along x-axis and f along y-axis and draw the histogram as shown. Now inside the highest rectangle. Join A to C and B to D intersecting each other at P Through P, draw PQ perpendicular on x-axis meeting it at Q, Then Q is the mode which is 18.8 = 19 (approx)
Hence mode = 19 (approx)

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(b)

Question 3.

Marks 26-30 31-35 36-40 41-45
f 18 10 5 1

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(b) Img 3
Solution:
Writing the classes in exclusive form

Marks f
25.5-30.5 18
30.5-35.5 10
35.5-40.5 5
40.5-45.5 1

Represent marks along x-axis and f along y-axis and draw the histogram as shown. Now inside the highest rectangle, join A to C and B to D which intersect each other at P. Through P, draw PQ perpendicular to x-axis meeting x-axis at Q.
∴ Q is the mode which is 29 (approx)
∴ Mode = 29 (approx)

Question 4.

Mid-value 60 64 68 72 76
Frequency 25 8 10 6 4

Solution:
∵ Mid value of each class is given
∴ Forming the classes, with these mid values, we get 58-62, 62-66, 66-70, 70-74 and 74-78

Class Frequency
58-62 25
62-66 8
66-70 10
70-74 6
74-78 4

Represent classes along x-axis and frequency along y-axis and draw the histogram as shown. Now inside the highest rectangle, join A to C and B to D intersecting each other at P. Through P, draw PQ perpendicular on x-axis.
Q is the mode which is 60.4 = (approx)
∴ Mode = 60 (approx)
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(b) Img 4

Question 5.
Draw a histogram from the following data and measure the modal value :

(a)

Size class 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60
Frequency 5 11 19 21 16 10

(b)

Size class 60-70 70-80 80-90 90-100
Frequency 8 6 3 1

Solution:
(a) Taking size class along x-axis and frequency along y-axis, and draw the histogram as shown
∴ Mode = 33 (approx)
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(b) Img 5
(b) Taking size class along x-axis and frequency along y-axis, and draw the histogram as shown
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(b) Img 6
Now inside the highest rectangle, join A to C and B to D intersecting each other at P. Through P, draw PQ perpendicular to x-axis. Q is mode which is 68 (approx)
∴ Mode = 68 (approx)

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(a)

Continuous practice using ICSE Class 10 Maths Solutions S Chand Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(a) can lead to a stronger grasp of mathematical concepts.

S Chand Class 10 ICSE Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(a)

Question 1.
Represent the following distribution of ages (in years) of 35 teachers in a school by means of a histogram.

Age (in years) 25-30 30-35 35-40 40-45 45-50
Number of Teachers 12 11 8 1 3

Solution:

Age (in years) 25-30 30-35 35-40 40-45 45-50
Number of Teachers 12 11 8 1 3

Draw the axis and represent the age (in years) along x-axis and number of teachers (frequencies) along y-axis and prepare the histogram as given under.
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 20(b) Img 6

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(a)

Question 2.
The weekly observatios on cost of living index in a certain city for a year give the following frequency table :

Cost of living index 140-150 150-160 160-170 170-180 180-190 190-200
Number of weeks 5 10 16 12 7 2

Draw histogram to represent the data.
Solution:
We represent the cost of living index along x-axis and number of weeks (frequencies) along they- axis and prepare the histogram as given below.
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(a) Img 1

Question 3.
Draw a histogram for daily earning of 20 drug stores given in the following data :

Daily earnings (in Rs.) 150-200 200-250 250-300 300-350
Number of stores 14 9 3 4

Solution:
We represent daily earnings in rupees along x-axis and number of stores along y-axis and prepare the histogram as shown in the figure given here.
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(a) Img 2
Draw histograms for the following distributions :

Question 4.
(a)

Marks 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50
No. of boys 3 7 5 8 2

(b)

Money earned in Rs. 0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80 80-100 100-120 120-140
No. of students 4 18 22 14 10 8 4

(c)

Class 1-10 11-20 21-30 31-40 41-50 51-60
Frequency 7 3 5 2 6 4

(d)

Class interval 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-70 70-100
Frequency 6 10 16 10 6 3

Solution:
(a)

Marks 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50
No. of boys 3 7 5 8 2

We represent marks on the x-axis and number of boys v-axis and prepare the histogram as given here.
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(a) Img 3
(b)

Money earned (in Rs.) 0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80 80-100 100-120 120-140
No: of students. 4 18 22 14 10 8 4

We represent money earned along x-axis and no. of students on they-axis and prepare the histogram as shown here.
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(a) Img 4
(c)

Class 1-10 11-20 21-30 31-40 41-50 51-60
Frequency 7 3 5 2 6 4

Arranging in exclusive form.

Class 0.5-10.5 10.5-20.5 20.5-30.5 30.5-40.5 40.5-50.5 50.5-60.5
Frequency 7 3 5 2 6 4

We represent class along x-axis and frequencies along y-axis and prepare the histogram as shown here.
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(a) Img 5
(d)

Class interval 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-70 70-100
Frequency 6 10 16 10 6 3

Here we represent class intervals along x-axis and frequency alongy-axis and prepare the histogram as shown here.
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(a) Img 6

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 19 Histogram and Ogive Ex 19(a)

Question 5.
Given below are the marks obtained by 40 students in an examination :

29 45 23 30 40 11 48 01 15 35
40 03 12 48 49 18 30 24 25 29
31 32 25 22 27 41 12 13 02 44
07 43 09 49 19 13 32 39 25 03

Taking class-intervals 1 – 10, 11 – 20, ………, 41 – 50, make a frequency table for the above distribution and draw a histogram to represent it.
Solution:
We prepare frequency distribution table as given below :
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(a) Img 7
We represent class intervals (exclusive) along x-axis and frequency along y-axis and prepare the histogram to represent the above data as given below :
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(a) Img 8

Question 6.
Present in the form of a frequency table the marks obtained by 50 candidates. Take the class-intervals as 11 – 20; 21 – 30… etc.

35 56 25 40 38 48 58 43 30 47
46 45 31 45 56 39 46 47 23 40
48 50 36 56 35 43 59 40 48 35
53 57 33 50 23 46 49 57 35 43
64 40 50 56 36 19 49 52 51 42

Draw a histogram for the above distribution.
Solution:
Lowest data = 19,
Highest data = 64
We prepare frequency distribution table of the given data as given below :
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(a) Img 9
Now we represent exclusive class intervals along x-axis and frequency alongy-axis and prepare a histogram to represent the given data as shown below:
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(a) Img 10

Question 7.
Explain the methods of draw ing histogram and frequency polygon. Following table gives the marks distribution of 160 students in a certain class.
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(a) Img 11
From the above data draw a histogram and frequency polygon.
Solution:

Class intervals No. of students

c.f.

Frequency
5-15 160 8
15-25 152 12
25-35 140 15
35-45 125 20
45-55 105 24
55-65 81 32
65-75 49 26
75-85 23 18
85-95 5 5
95-105 0 0

We present class intervals along x-axis and frequency alongy-axis and prepare the histogram and frequency polygon by joining the mid-points of consecutive class intervals.
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(a) Img 12

Question 8.
The number of match sticks in 40 boxes, on counting was found as given below :

44 41 42 43 47 50 51 49 43 42
40 42 44 45 49 42 46  49  45  49
45 47 48 43 43 44 48  43  46  50
43 52 46 49 52 51 47  43  43  45

Taking classes 40 – 41, 42 – 43, etc., construct the frequency distribution table for the above data. Draw a histogram to represent the above distribution.
Solution:
Highest score = 52, lowest score = 40
Now we prepare the frequency distribution table in exclusive form
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(a) Img 13
Now we represent classes along x-axis and frequencies along v-axis and prepare the histogram representing the given data :
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 19(a) Img 14

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 20(b)

Students can track their progress and improvement through regular use of ICSE Class 10 Maths Solutions S Chand Chapter 20 Probability Ex 20(b)

S Chand Class 10 ICSE Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 20(b)

Question 1.
Find the probability of getting a number less than 5 in a single throw of a die.
Solution:
∵ A die has numbers from 1 to 6
∴ Total possible outcomes = 6
Now favourable outcomes = 1, 2, 3, 4 = 4
∴ Probability p (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 6 }\) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 }\)

Question 2.
A jar contains 3 white, 4 blue, 5 red and 2 green marbles. If a marble is drawn at random from the jar, what is the probability that the marble is (i) white ?, (ii) blue ?, (iii) red ?, (iv) green ?, (v) not white ?, (vi) not red?
Solution:
∴ Total number of marbles = 3 white + 4 blue + 5 red + 2 green = 14 marble
∴ Total possible outcomes = 14
We know that P(E) = \(\frac{\text { Total number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Total possible outcomes }}\)
∴ Probability of

(i) The marble being white = P (E) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 14 }\)
(ii) The marble being blue = P (E) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 14 }\) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 7 }\)
(iii) The marble being red = P (E) = \(\frac { 5 }{ 14 }\)
(iv) The marble being green = P (E) = \(\frac { 5 }{ 14 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 7 }\)
(v) The marble is not white = P (E) = \(\frac { 14 – 3 }{ 14 }\) = \(\frac { 11 }{ 14 }\) (∵ white marble are 3)
(vi) The marble which is not red = P (E) = \(\frac { 14 – 5 }{ 14 }\) = \(\frac { 9 }{ 14 }\) (∵ red marbles are 5)

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 20(b)

Question 3.
If a card is drawn at random from a standard deck of playing cards, what is the probability that it is
(i) a nine?
(ii) an ace?
(iii) black?
(iv) red?
(v) a heart?
(vi) a diamond?
(vii) a face card?
(viii) not a face card?
(ix) the ace of diamonds?
(x) a red face card?
(xi) a black ace?
(xii) a red king?
Solution:
We know that a standard pack of playing cards contains 52 cards, of 4 suits, Hearts and Diamonds are red and spades and clubs are black. Each suit has 13 cards, four of which are face cards (ace, king, queen and jack). Therefore,
Total possible outcomes = 52
Probability of being card

(i) a nine, there are four 9’s in the pack of cards, P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number 0f possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 2 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\)

(ii) an ace, there are 4 aces in the pack of cards P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number 0f possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 2 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\)

(iii) black, there are 26 black cards in the pack of cards
∴ P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 26 }{ 52 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\)

(iv) Red, there are 26 red cards in the pack of cards
∴ P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 26 }{ 52 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\)

(v) a heart, there are 13 cards of ‘heart suit’
∴ P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 13 }{ 52 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 }\)

(vi) a diamond, there are 13 cards of diamond suit
∴ P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 13 }{ 52 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 }\)

(vii) a face card, there are 4 × 4= 16 face cards in the pack of cards
∴ P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 16 }{ 52 }\) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 13}\)

(viii) not a face cards
There are 9 × 4= 36 cards which are not face cards
∴ P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 36 }{ 52 }\) = \(\frac { 9 }{ 13 }\)

(ix) The ace of diamond, there is only one ace of diamond
∴ P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 52 }\)

(x) A red face card
Number of red face cards in a deck of 52 cards = 4 × 2 = 8
∴ P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 8 }{ 52 }\) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 13 }\)

(xi) A black ace
Number of black aces = 2
∴ P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 52 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 26}\)

(xii) A red king
Number of red kings = 2
∴ P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 52 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 26}\)

Question 4.
A bag contains 3 red bails, 5 black balls and 4 white balls. A ball is drawn at random from the bag. What is the probability that the ball drawn is :
(i) White
(ii) red
(iii) black?
Solution:
Total balls in the bag = 3 red + 5 black + 4 white = 12 balls
∴ Number of possible outcomes = 12

(i) Probability of a white ball
P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 12 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3}\)

(ii) Probability of a red ball
P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 12 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4}\)

(iii) Probability of a black ball
P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number 0f possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 5 }{ 12 }\)

Question 5.
1000 tickets of a lottery were sold and there are 5 prizes on these tickets. If Salman has purchased on lottery ticket, what is the probability of
(i) winning a prize?
(ii) not winning a prize?
Solution:
Total number of tickets = 1000
Number of prizes = 5

(i) ∴ Probability of a ticket which bring a prize
P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 5 }{ 1000 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 200 }\) = 0.005

(ii) Number of tickets which do not give prize = 1000 – 5 = 995
Probability of a ticket getting not a prize
P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 995 }{ 1000 }\) = \(\frac { 199 }{ 200 }\) = 0.995

Question 6.
The numbers from 1-15 are each printed on a counter and the 15 counters are placed in a bag. If one counter is picked at random, what is the probability that the number on it is : (i) an odd number (ii) an even number (iii) a prime number (iv) a multiple of 4
Solution:
Counters having numbers from 1 to 15 are 15
If one counter is drawn at random, then

(i) Odd number are 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15 = 8
∴ Probability of being an odd number
P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 8 }{ 15 }\)

(ii) Even numbers are 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 = 7
∴ Probability of even number
P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 7 }{ 15 }\)

(iii) Prime numbers are 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13 = 6
∴ Probability of being a prime number
P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 6 }{ 15 }\) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 }\)

(iv) A multiple of 4 are 4,8, 12 = 3
Probability of being a multiple of 4 = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 15 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 5 }\)

Question 7.
Instead of numbers, the letters in the word CHANCE were stuck on a die. Find the probability of rolling:
(i) letter C
(ii) a vowel
(iii) a consonant
(iv) any letter except C.
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 20(b) Img 1
Solution:
There are 6 letters on the die making the word CHANCE which are C, H, A, N, C, E

(i) Probability of being a letter being C = P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\)
(There are 2 C’s) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 6 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\)

(ii) Probability of being the letter a vowel which are A and E (2)
P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 6 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\)

(iii) Probability of being a consonant letter = C, H, N, C = 4
P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 6 }\) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 }\)

(iv) Probability of being any letter except which are H, A, N, E = 4
P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 6 }\) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 }\)

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 20(b)

Question 8.
A bag contains 5 white balls, 7 red balls, 4 black balls and 2 blue balls. One ball is drawn at random from the bag. What is the probability that the ball drawn is :
(i) white
(ii) red or black
(iii) not blue
(iv) neither white nor blue.
Solution:
Total number of balls in bag 5 white + 7 red + 4 black + 2 blue = 18 balls

(i) Probability of being a white ball
P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 5 }{ 18 }\)

(ii) Probability of being a red or black ball
P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 7+4 }{ 18 }\) = \(\frac { 11 }{ 18 }\)

(iii) Probability of being not a blue ball
P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 18-2 }{ 18 }\) = \(\frac { 16 }{ 18 }\) = \(\frac { 8 }{ 9 }\)

(iv) Probability of a ball which is neither white nor a blue
P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 18-(5+2) }{ 18 }\) = \(\frac { 18-7 }{ 18 }\) = \(\frac { 11 }{ 18 }\)

Question 9.
Find the probability of drawing an ace or a jack from a pack of 52 cards.
Solution:
Number of possible outcomes = 52 cards
Number of favourable outcomes = 4 aces + 4 jacks = 8 cards
∴ Probability of being an ace or a jack
P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 8 }{ 52 }\) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 13 }\)

Question 10.
Tickets numbered 1 to 25 are mixed up and a ticket is drawn at random. What is the probability that the ticket drawn has a number which is a multiple of both 2 and 3?
Solution:
Total number of tickets = 25
Multiples of 2 and 3 both are 6, 12, 18, 24 =4
Probability of ticket which is a multiple of both 2 and 3
P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 25 }\)

Question 11.
A card is drawn at random from a pack of 52 cards. Find the probability that the card drawn is
(i) black
(ii) red and a queen
(iii) neither heart nor a king
(iv) an ace, jack or a king
(v)‘10’ of diamonds
(vi) club or an ace
Solution:
Number of possible outcomes = 52
(i) Number of black cards = 26
∴ Probability of being a black card
P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 26 }{ 52 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\)

(ii) Number of cards being a red and a queen = 2
∴ Probability P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 52 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 26 }\)

(iii) Number of cards which are neither heart nor a king = 52 – (13 +3 other kings) = 52 – 16 = 36
∴ Probability P (E) = \(\frac { 36 }{ 52 }\) = \(\frac { 9 }{ 13 }\)

(iv) Number of cards which is an ace, jack or a king = 4 + 4 + 4 = 12
∴ Probability P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 12 }{ 52 }\) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 13 }\)

(v) Number of cards being 10’s of diamond = 1
∴ Probability P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 52 }\)

(vi) Number of cards which are club or an ace =13 + 3 = 16
∴ Probability P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 16 }{ 52 }\) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 13 }\)

Question 12.
A box contains 20 balls bearing numbers 1, 2, 3, 4,……………20. A ball is drawn at random from the box. What is the probability that the number on the ball is
(i) an odd number
(ii) divisible by 2 or 3
(iii) prime number
(iv) not divisible by 10.
Solution:
Total number of balls in the box bearing numbers 1 to 20 = 20
(i) Odd number between 1 to 20 = 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19 = 10
∴ Probability P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 10 }{ 20 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\)

(ii) Number which are divisible by 2 or 3 are 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 20 = 13
∴ Probability P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 13 }{ 20 }\)

(iii) Numbers which are prime = 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19 = 8
∴ Probability P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number 0f possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 8 }{ 20 }\) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 }\)

(iv) Numbers which are not divisible by 10.will be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,18,19 = 18
∴ Probability P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 18 }{ 20 }\) = \(\frac { 9 }{ 10 }\)

Question 13.
A die is rolled. If the outcome is an even number, what is the probability that it is a prime number?
Solution:
A die has 6 numbers from 1 to 6 and a prime number which is even is 2 = 1
∴ Probability P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 6 }\)

Question 14.
A single letter is selected at random from the word “PROBABILITY”. What is.the probability of it being a vowel?
Solution:
In the word “PROBABILITY” there are vowels: O, A, I, I = 4 and total number of letter = 11
Number of favourable outcomes 4
∴ Probability P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 11 }\)

Question 15.
A survey of 500 families shows the following results :

No. of children in the family 1 2 3 0
No. of families 250 125 75 50

Out of these, one family is chosen at random. Find the probability that the chosen family has 2 children.
Solution:
Total number of families = 500
Number of families which has 2 children each = 125
∴ Probability P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 125 }{ 500 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 }\)

Question 16.
If a spinner illustrated is spun, what is the probability of getting
(i) an even number?
(ii) a 3 or a 5?
(iii) a number greater than 4?
(iv) a multiple of 2?
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 20(b) Img 2
Solution:
In a spinner given here has numbers 1 to 8 = 8
(i) Even numbers are 2, 4, 6, 8 = 4
∴ Probability P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 8 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\)

(ii) Probability of a number which is either 3 or 5 = 2 = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 8 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 }\)

(iii) Numbers greater than 4 are 5, 6, 7, 8 = 4
∴ Probability P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 8 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\)

(iv) Numbers which are multiple of 2 are 2, 4, 6, 8 = 4
∴ Probability P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 8 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\)

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 20(b)

Question 17.
A fete is being held in a large hall which has 9 doors. By mistake, the caretaker has left 3 of them locked. If someone tries a door at random, what is the probability that it will be :
(i) locked
(ii) not locked
Solution:
Total number of doors (possible outcomes) = 9
Number of locked door = 3
Number of doors which are not locked = 9-3 = 6

(i) Probability of door which is locked
∴ Probability P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 9 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\)

(ii) Probability of door which is not locked
∴ Probability P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 6 }{ 9 }\) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 }\)

Question 18.
A child has a block in the shape of a cube with one letter written on each face as shown.
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 20(b) Img 3
The cube is thrown once. What is the probability of getting (i) A ? (ii) D?
Solution:
Numbers letters on the block = 6
Which are A, B, C, D, E, A

(i) Probability of coming letter ‘A’ = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 6 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\)

(ii) Probability of coming letter ‘A’ = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 6 }\)

Question 19.
A card is drawn from a well-shuffled deck of playing cards. Find the probability of drawing
(i) a face card
(ii) a red face card
Solution:
Number of total cards in a deck of playing cards = 52

(i) Number of face cards in the deck = 4 × 4 = 16
∴ Probability of getting face card
Probability P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 16 }{ 52 }\) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 13 }\)

(ii) Number of red face cards = 2 × 4 = 8
∴ Probability of coming red face card
P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 8 }{ 52 }\) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 13 }\)

Question 20.
A bag contains 5 red balls and some bine balls. If the probability of drawing a blue ball is double that of a red ball, find the number of blue balls in the bag.
Solution:
Number of red balls = 5
Let number of blue balls = x
∴ Total balls in the bag = (5 + x)
Probability of drawing a blue ball is double that of a red ball
Now probability of a blue ball = \(\frac { x }{ 5 + x }\)
Probability of a red ball = \(\frac { 5 }{ 5 + x }\)
According to the condition,
\(\frac{x}{5+x}\) = \(\frac{2 \times 5}{5+x}\) ⇒ \(\frac{x}{5+x}\) = \(\frac{10}{5+x}\) ⇒ 5x + x2 = 50 + 10x ⇒ x2 + 5x – 10x = 50 = 0
⇒ x2 – 5x – 50 = 0 ⇒ x2 – 10x + 5x – 50 = 0
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 20(b) Img 4
⇒ x (x – 10) + 5 (x – 10) = 0 ⇒ (x – 10) (x + 5) = 0
Either x – 10 = 0, then x = 10
or x + 5 = 0, then x = -5 which is not possible being negative
∴ Number of blue balls = 10

Question 21.
The king, queen and jack of clubs are removed from a deck of 52 playing cards and then well shuffled. One card is selected from the remaining cards. Find the probability of getting (i) a heart, (ii) a king, (iii) a club, (iv) the ‘10’ of hearts.
Solution:
Total number of cards in a deck = 52
Number of cards which have been removed = 3 (king, queen, jack of clubs)
∴ Remaining cards in the deck = 52 – 3 = 49
(i) Number of heart cards = 13
∴ Probability of a heart card
P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 13 }{ 49 }\)

(ii) Number of Kings = 3
∴ Probability of a King = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 49 }\)

(iii) Number of club cards in the deck = 13 – 3 = 10
∴ Probability of being a club card
P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 10 }{ 49 }\)

(iv) ‘10’ of hearts = 1
∴ Probability of ‘ 10’ of hearts
P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 49 }\)

Question 22.
If a coin is tossed twice, what is the probability of getting ‘head’ at least once?
Solution:
A coin has two sides head and tail i.e.
∴ By tossing the coin twice, the following outcomes are possible
HH, HT, TH, TT = 4
Number of getting head (H) at least once = 3
∴ Probability P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 }\)

Question 23.
Fill in the blanks with the appropriate correct answer.
(i) Chance of throwing 6 with a single die is _______
(ii) A pair of fair dice is thrown and one die shows a four. The probability that the other die shows 5 is _______
(iii) Probability of a sure event is _______
(iv) Probability of an impossible event is _______
(v) The probability of an event (other than sure and an impossible event) lies between.
(vi) A die is rolled once. The probability of getting a prime number is _______
Solution:
(i) \(\frac { 1 }{ 6 }\)
(ii) \(\frac { 1 }{ 36 }\)
(iii) 1
(iv) 0
(v) 0 and 1
(vi) \(\frac { 3 }{ 6 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\)
Note for (ii): By throwing a pair of dice, the outcomes can be 6 × 6 = 36.

Self-Evaluation and Revision (LATEST ICSE QUESTIONS)

Question 1.
A die is thrown once. What is the probability that the
(i) number is even?
(ii) number is greater than 2?
Solution:
Dice is thrown once
Sample space = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}

(i) No. of ways in favour = 3
Total ways = 6
∴ Probability = \(\frac { 3 }{ 6 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\)

(ii) No. of ways in favour = 4
Total ways = 6
∴ Probability = \(\frac { 4 }{ 6 }\) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 }\)

Question 2.
Cards marked with numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, ……. 20 are well shuffled and a card is drawn at random. What is the probability that the number on the card is :
(i) a prime number?
(ii) divisible by 3?
(iii) a perfect square?
Solution:
(i) P (a prime number) = \(\frac { 8 }{ 20 }\) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 }\)
[∵ From 1 to 20, there are total ‘8’ prime numbers, 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19]

(ii) P (divisible by 3) = \(\frac { 6 }{ 20 }\) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 10 }\)
[∵ There are (3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18) 6 numbers divisible by 3 from 1 to 20]

(iii) P (a perfect square) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 20 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 5 }\)
[∵ There are (1, 4, 9, 16) 4 numbers which are perfect square from 1 to 20]

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 20(b)

Question 3.
From a pack of 52 playing cards all cards whose numbers are multiples of 3 are removed. A card is now drawn at random. What is the probability that the card drawn is
(i) a face card (King, Jack or Queen)?
(ii) an even numbered red card?
Solution:
(i) n (S) = 52 – 12 = 40
n(E1) = 12
P(E1) = \(\frac{n\left(\mathrm{E}_1\right)}{n(\mathrm{~S})}\) = \(\frac { 12 }{ 40 }\) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 10 }\)

(ii) n (E2) = 10
P(E2) = \(\frac{n\left(\mathrm{E}_2\right)}{n(\mathrm{~S})}\) = \(\frac { 10 }{ 40 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 }\)

Question 4.
Two coins are tossed once. Find the probability of getting :
(i) 2 heads
(ii) at least 1 tail.
Solution:
Total possible outcomes are : HH, HT, TT, TH, i.e., 4
(i) Favourable outcomes are HH, i.e., 1 So, P(2 heads)
= \(\frac{\text { no. of favourable outcomes }}{\text { total no. of possible outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 }\)

(ii) Favourable outcomes are HT, TT, TH, i.e., 3
So, P (at least one tail) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 }\)

Question 5.
A box contains some black balls and 30 white balls. If the probability of drawing a black ball is two-fifths of a white ball, find the number of black balls in the box.
Solution:
No. of white balls = 30
No. of black balls = x
Total ball = x + 30
∴ P (white ball) = \(\frac { 30 }{ x + 30 }\)
P (black ball) = \(\frac { x }{ x + 30 }\)
According to question,
P (black ball) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 }\) × p (white ball)
⇒ \(\frac { x }{ x + 30 }\) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 }\) × \(\frac { 30 }{ x + 30 }\)
⇒ x = \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 }\) × 30
x = 12
∴ No. of black ball = 12

Question 6.
A die has 6 faces marked by the given numbers as shown below:
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 20(b) Img 5
The die is thrown once. What is the probability of getting
(i) a positive integer.
(ii) an integer greater than -3.
(iii) the smallest integer.
Solution:
Total outcomes n(S)= 6
(i) a positive integer = (1, 2, 3)
No. of favourable n(E) = 3
Probability = \(\frac{n(\mathrm{E})}{n(\mathrm{~S})}\) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 6 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\)

(ii) Integer greater than -3
= (1,2, 3, -1,-2)
No. of favourable n(E) = 5
Probability = \(\frac{n(\mathrm{E})}{n(\mathrm{~S})}\) = \(\frac { 5 }{ 6 }\)

(iii) Smallest integer = -3
No. of favourable n(E) = 1
Probability = \(\frac{n(\mathrm{E})}{n(\mathrm{~S})}\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 6 }\)

Question 7.
A bag contains 5 white balls, 6 red balls and 9 green balls. A ball is drawn at random from the bag. Find the probability that the ball drawn is:
(i) a green ball
(ii) a white or a red ball
(iii) is neither a green ball nor a white ball.
Solution:
(i) Total number of balls = 5 + 6 + 9 = 20
P(Green ball) = \(\frac{\text { Number of green balls }}{\text { Total number of balls }}\) = \(\frac { 9 }{ 20 }\)

(ii) P(White ball or Red ball) = P(White ball) + P(Red ball)
= \(\frac{\text { Number of white balls }}{\text { Total number of balls }}\) + \(\frac{\text { Number of red balls }}{\text { Total number of balls}}\)
= \(\frac { 5 }{ 20 }\) + \(\frac { 6 }{ 20 }\) = \(\frac { 11 }{ 20 }\)

(iii) P(Neither green ball nor white ball) = P(Red ball)
= \(\frac{\text { Number of red balls }}{\text { Total number of balls }}\) = \(\frac { 6 }{ 20 }\) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 10 }\)

Question 8.
A game of numbers has cards marked with 11, 12, 13, ………, 40. A card is drawn at random. Find the probability that the number on the card drawn is :
(i) A perfect square
(ii) Divisible by 7
Solution:
The perfect squares lying between 11 and 40 are 16, 25 and 36.
So the number of possible outcomes is = 3
Total number of cards from 11 to 40 is 40 – 11 + 1 = 30

(i) Probability that the number on the card drawn is a perfect square = \(\frac{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}{\text { Total number of outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 30 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 10 }\)
So, the probability that the number on the card drawn is a perfect square is \(\frac { 1 }{ 10 }\)

(ii) The numbers from 11 to 40 that are divisible by 7 are 14, 21, 28 and 35. So the number of possible outcomes is 4. The total number of cards from 11 to 40 is 30. The probability that the number on the card drawn is divisible by 7
= \(\frac{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}{\text { Total number of outcomes }}\) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 30 }\) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 15 }\)
So, the probability that the number on the card drawn is divisible by 7 is \(\frac { 2 }{ 15 }\).

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 20(a)

Well-structured ICSE Class 10 Maths Solutions S Chand Chapter 20 Probability Ex 20(a) facilitate a deeper understanding of mathematical principles.

S Chand Class 10 ICSE Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 20(a)

Question 1.
In the following events, match correctly to indicate whether the outcomes are possible, certain, or impossible.
(a) Possible
(b) Impossible
(c) Certain
(1) You will throw a 7 with a normal die.
(2) Your friend will call you tonight.
(3) A cat will give birth to puppies next year.
(4) Thursday will be the day after Wednesday next week.
(5) You will have cornflakes, samosas and toasts in your breakfast today.
(6) It will be winter in Australia when it is summer in India.
(7) You will be able to see a live dinosaur in the city zoo.
(8) You will be awarded a prize for your good performance.
Solution:
(1) (b) as it has 1 to 6 numbers on it.
(2) (a) It may or may not, my friend call me.
(3) (b) as a cat gives birth to kitten not puppies
(4) (c) as every Thursday comes after Wednesday.
(5) (a) It may or may not that we get these things.
(6) (c) When it is summer in India which is in north hemisphere, it will be winter in Australia which is in south hemisphere of earth.
(7) (b) as a dinosaur is no more now.
(8) (a) It may or may not that I shall get a prize.

Question 2.
Categorize each outcome as likely or unlikely, (a) Likely (b) Unlikely
(1) You will not get reservation in the train due to heavy Dusshera rush.
(2) Your friend will go to moon next month.
(3) Someone in your class will be absent next week.
(4) It will snow in Mussorie in January.
(5) There will be floods in Delhi in March next year.
(6) You will become an army officer when you grow up.
Solution:
(1) (a) 1 may get or may not get reservation.
(2) (b) It is not yet possible to go to moon.
(3) (a) Generally, one or more students remain absent everyday.
(4) (a) There are chances that in January, it will fall snow in Mussorie which is situated on mountains.
(5) (b) As in month of March in Delhi, there are no heavy rains.
(6) (a) It may be or may not be me because an army officer.

Question 3.
Choose the likelihood which matches the outcome of each event :
(a) Impossible
(b) Unlikely
(c) Even Chance
(d) Likely
(e) Certain
(1) The school football team will win the local tournament.
(2) Mr. Shah will cut the grass on his lawn when it is snowing.
(3) While going to school, you will pass by a white car.
(4) The mountaineer will be hurt if he falls off the mountain.
(5) The number on the top face of an ordinary die will be an even number.
(6) The next baby to be born will be a female.
(7) The member on the top face of an ordinary die when rolled will be less than 7.
(8) The Titanic will float back up to the top of the ocean.
(9) You will live for 100 years.
(10) A dog will have kittens.
(11) Monday will be the day after Tuesday next week.
(12) You will have a birthday next year.
Solution:
(1) (c) There are chances to win the match.
(2) (a) It is not possible to cut the grass when it is snowing.
(3) (d) There are chances that we may pass by a white car.
(4) (e) It is certain that a mountaineer will be hurt on falling from a mountain.
(5) (c) It may or may not be possible to come an even number.
(6) (c) There are chances to be born next baby being a female.
(7) (e) A die has number from 1 to 6 which are less than 7.
(8) (a) It is not possible for the Titanic to float back.
(9) (b) There are rare chances to live up to 100 years age.
(10) (a) A dog bears to nothing.
(11) (a) Every Monday comes after Sunday but not after Tuesday.
(12) (d) If I may alive, it can be possible otherwise not.

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 20(a)

Question 4.
Each of the cards pictured at the right is associated with a number and a colour as shown, and each is equally likely to be picked in a draw. If a card is drawn, what is the probability that the card :
(i) is pink?
(ii) is grey?
(iii) has a “1”?
(iv) has a “4”?
(v) has an “8”?
(vi) has a “9”?
(vii) has a numeral for a number less than 9?
(viii) has a numeral for an even number?
(ix) has a numeral for an odd number?
(x) has a “1” and is pink?
(xi) has a “2” and is pink?
OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 20 Probability Ex 20(a) Img 1
Solution:
We know that P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\)

Here in the figure, there are 4 pink cards and 6 grey cards and in this way total cards are = 10
∴ Possible outcomes = 10, now

(i) Probability of being a pink card = \(\frac { 4 }{ 10 }\) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 }\)
(ii) Probability of being a grey card = \(\frac { 6 }{ 10 }\) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 }\)
(iii) Probability of card which has a ‘1’ = \(\frac { 2 }{ 10 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 5 }\)
(iv) Probability of card which has ‘4’ = \(\frac { 1 }{ 10 }\)
(v) Probability of card which has ‘8’ = \(\frac { 1 }{ 10 }\)
(vi) Probability of card which has ‘9’ = 0 (as there is no ‘9’ in the card)
(vii) Probability of card which has numeral for a number less than 9 = \(\frac { 10 }{ 10 }\) = 1
(viii) Probability of card which has a numeral for an even number = \(\frac { 5 }{ 10 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) {Even numbers are 2, 2, 4, 6, 8}
(ix) Probability of a card which has a numeral for an odd number = \(\frac { 5 }{ 10 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) {odd numbers are 1, 1,3, 5, 7}
(x) Probability of a card which has a ‘1’ and is pink = \(\frac { 2 }{ 10 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 5 }\)
(xi) Probability of a card which has ‘2’ and is pink = \(\frac { 1 }{ 10 }\)

Question 5.
A 10-sided die is thrown. What is the probability :
(i) of getting an integer?
(ii) of getting a fraction?
(iii) of getting a number greater than 5?
(iv) of getting a 5?
(v) of getting the numbers 1, 2, 3 or 4?
(vi) What is the sum of the probabilities obtained in (iii) to (v) above?
Solution:
We know that P (E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Number of possible outcomes }}\)
A 10-sided die is thrown which his numbers from 1 to 10 on it
∴ Possible outcomes = 10, now

(i) Probability of getting an integer = \(\frac { 10 }{ 10 }\) = 1 (∵ 1 to 10 are all integers)
(ii) Probability of getting a fractions = \(\frac { 0 }{ 10 }\) = 1 (∵ On the die, there is no fraction)
(iii) Probability of getting a number greater than 5 = \(\frac { 5 }{ 10 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) {6, 7, 8, 9, 10 are greater than 5}
(iv) Probability of getting a 5 = \(\frac { 1 }{ 10 }\)
(v) Probability of getting the numbers 1, 2, 3 or 4 = \(\frac { 4 }{ 10 }\) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 }\)
(vi) The sum of the probability obtained in (iii) to (v) above = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) + \(\frac { 1 }{ 10 }\) + \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 }\) = \(\frac { 5 }{ 10 }\) + \(\frac { 1 }{ 10 }\) + \(\frac { 4 }{ 10 }\) = \(\frac { 10 }{ 10 }\) = 1

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 2 Banking Ex 2

Practicing OP Malhotra Class 10 Solutions Chapter 2 Banking Ex 2 is the ultimate need for students who intend to score good marks in examinations.

S Chand Class 10 ICSE Maths Solutions Chapter 2 Banking Ex 2

Question 1.
Mr. Rajiv Anand has opened a recurring deposit account of 7400 per month for 20 months in a bank. Find the amount he will get at the time of maturity, if the rate of interest is 8.5% p.a., and if the interest is calculated at the end of each month.
Solution:
Deposit per month (P) = ₹ 400
Period (n) = 20 months
Rate (R) = 8.5% p.a.
Now principal for 1 month = P x \(\frac{n(n+1)}{2}\)
= \(\frac{400 \times 20 \times(20+1)}{2}\)
= ₹ \(\frac{400 \times 20 \times 21}{2}\) = ₹ 84000
∴ Interest = \(\frac {PRT}{100}\) = \(\frac{84000 \times 8.5 \times 1}{100 \times 12}\)
= \(\frac {1}{2}\) = ₹ 595
∴ Maturity value = P x 20 + Interest
= ₹ 400 x 20 + 595
= ₹ 8000 + 595
= ₹ 8595

Question 2.
Mrs. Savita Khosla deposits 7900 per month in a recurring account for 2 years. If she gets 71800 as interest at the time of maturity, find the rate of interest if the interest is calculated at the end of each month.
Solution:
Monthly deposit (P) = ₹ 900
Let Rate = R%
Period (n) = 2 years = 24 months
Interest = ₹ 1800
Now principal for 1 month
= \(P \times \frac{n(n+1)}{2}=₹ 900 \times \frac{24 \times(24+1)}{2}\)
= ₹ \(\frac{900 \times 24 \times 25}{2}\) = ₹ 270000
Interest = ₹ 1800
∴ Rate = \(\frac{\text { Interest } \times 100}{\mathrm{P} \times t}=\frac{1800 \times 100 \times 12}{270000 \times 1}\)
= 2 x 4 = 8% p.a.

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 2 Banking Ex 2

Question 3.
Mr. Brown deposits ₹ 1100 per month in a cumulative time deposit account in a bank for 16 months. If at the end of maturity he gets ₹ 19096, find the rate of interest if interest is calculated at the end of each month.
Solution:
Deposit per month (P) = ₹ 1100
Period (n) = 16 months
Maturity value = ₹ 19096
Let rate = R%
Interest = Maturity value – Principal
= ₹ 19096 – 1100 x 16
= ₹ 19096 – 17600
= ₹ 1496
Principal for one month
= P x \(\frac{n(n+1)}{2}\) = ₹ 1100 x \(\frac{16 \times(16+1)}{2}\)
= ₹ \(\frac{1100 \times 16 \times 17}{2}\) = ₹ 149600
∴ Rate = \(\frac{\text { Interest } \times 100}{P \times t}=\frac{1496 \times 100 \times 12}{149600 \times 1}\)
= 12% p.a.

Question 4.
Sandhya has a recurring deposit account in Vijaya Bank and deposits ₹ 400 per month for 3 years. If she gets ₹ 16,176 on maturity, find the rate of interest given by the bank.
Solution:
Monthly deposit (P) = ₹ 400
Period (n) = 3 years or 36 months
∴ Maturity value = ₹ 16176
Let rate = R% p.a.
Principal for 1 month = P x \(\frac{n(n+1)}{2}\)
= 400 x \(\frac{36 \times(36+1)}{2}\)
= ₹ \(\frac{400 \times 36 \times 37}{2}\) = ₹ 266400
Interest = M.V. – Deposit
= 16176 – 400 x 36
= 16176 – 14400 = ₹ 1776
∴ Rate = \(\frac{\text { Interest } \times 100}{\mathrm{P} \times t}=\frac{1776 \times 100 \times 12}{266400 \times 1}\)
= 8% p.a.

Question 5.
A man deposits ₹ 600 per month in a bank for 12 months under the Recurring Deposit Scheme. What will be the maturity value of his deposits if the rate of interest is 8% p.a., and interest is calculated at the end of every month?
Solution:
Deposit per month (P) = ₹ 600
Period (n) = 12 months
Rate (R) = 8% p.a.
Principal for 1 month = P x \(\frac{n(n+1)}{2}\)
= ₹ 600 x \(\frac{12 \times(12+1)}{2}\)
= ₹ \(\frac{600 \times 12 \times 13}{2}\) = ₹ 46800
∴ Interest = \(\frac {PRT}{100}\) = \(\frac{46800 \times 8 \times 1}{100 \times 12}\)
∴Maturity value = P x n + Interest
= ₹ 600 x 12 + 312
= ₹ 7200 + 312
= ₹ 7512

Question 6.
Anil deposits ₹ 300 per month in a recurring deposit account for 2 years. If the rate of interest is 10% per year, calculate the amount that Anil will receive at the end of 2 years, i.e., at the time of maturity.
Solution:
Deposit per month (P) = ₹ 300
Period (n) = 2 years = 24 months
Rate (R) = 10% p.a.
Principal for one month = P x \(\frac{n(n+1)}{2}\)
= ₹ \(\frac{300 \times 24 \times(24+1)}{2}\)
= ₹ \(\frac{300 \times 24 \times 25}{2}\) = ₹ 90000
∴ Interest = \(\frac {PRT}{100}\) = \(\frac{90000 \times 10 \times 1}{100 \times 12}\) = ₹ 750
∴Maturity value = P x n + Interest
= ₹ 300 x 24 + 750
= ₹ 7200 + 750
= ₹ 7950

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 2 Banking Ex 2

Question 7.
Sudhir opened a recurring deposit account with a bank for 1\(\frac {1}{2}\) years. If the rate of interest is 10% and the bank pays ₹ 1554 on maturity, find how much did Sudhir deposit per month ?
Solution:
Maturity value = ₹ 1554
Rate (R) = 10%
Period (n) = 1\(\frac {1}{2}\) years = 18 months
Let P be the monthly deposit, then
principal for one month = \(\frac{\mathrm{P}(n)(n+1)}{2}\)
= \(\frac{P \times 18 \times(18+1)}{2}=\frac{P \times 18 \times 19}{2}\) = 171 P
Interest = \(\frac{\mathrm{PRT}}{100}=\frac{171 \mathrm{P} \times 10 \times 1}{100 \times 12}=\frac{171}{120}\)P
Now Maturity value = P x n + Interest
1554 = P x 18 + \(\frac {171}{120}\)P
⇒ 1554 = \(\frac{2160 \mathrm{P}+171 \mathrm{P}}{120}=\frac{2331}{120}\)P
⇒ p = \(\frac{1554 \times 120}{2331}\) = 80
∴ Monthly deposit = ₹ 80

Question 8.
Renu has a cumulative deposit account of ₹ 200 per month at 10% per annum. If she gets ₹ 6775 at the time of maturity, find the total time for which the account was held.
Solution:
Deposit per month (P) = ₹ 200
Rate (R) = 10% p.a.
Maturity value = ₹ 6775
Let period = n months
∴ Principal for 1 month = P x \(\frac{n(n+1)}{2}\)
= \(\frac{n(n+1)}{2}\) x 200
= ₹ 100 n(n + 1)
Interest = \(\frac{\mathrm{PRT}}{100}=\frac{100 n(n+1) \times 10 \times 1}{100 \times 12}\)
= \(\frac{5n(n+1)}{6}\) … (i)
But Interest = M.V. – Deposit
= 6775 – 200 x n
= 6775 – 200n
From (i) and (ii)
\(\frac{5n(n+1)}{6}\) = 6775 – 200n
⇒ 5n(n+ 1) = 40650 – 1200n
⇒ 5n² + 5n + 1200n – 40650 = 0
⇒ 5n² + 1205n – 40650 = 0
⇒ n² + 241n – 8130 = 0
⇒ n² – 30n + 271n – 8130 = 0 {∵ \(\begin{aligned}
& 8130=-30 \times 271 \\
& 241=-30+270
\end{aligned}\)
= n(n- 30) + 271 (n – 30)
⇒ (n – 30) (n + 271) = 0
Either n – 30 = 0, then n = 30
or n + 271 = 0, n = – 271 which is not possible
∴ Period = n = 30 months
= 2\(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) years

Self Evaluation And Revision (LATEST ICSE QUESTIONS)

Question 1.
Amit deposited ₹ 150 per month in a bank for 8 months under the Recurring Deposit Scheme. What will be the maturity value of his deposits, if the rate of interest is 8% per annum and the interest is calculated at the end of every month. (ICSE 2001)
Solution:
Deposit per month (P) = ₹ 150
Rate (R) = 8%
Period (n) = 8 months
∴ Principal for 1 month = \(\frac{\mathrm{P} \times n(n+1)}{2}\)
= \(\frac{150 \times 8 \times(8+1)}{2}=₹ \frac{150 \times 8 \times 9}{2}\)
= ₹ 5400
Interest = \(\frac{\text { PRT }}{100}=₹ \frac{5400 \times 8 \times 1}{100 \times 12}\) = ₹ 36
∴ Maturity value = Deposit + Interest
= ₹ 150 x 8 + 36
= ₹ 1200 + 36 = ₹ 1236

Question 2.
Mr. R.K. Nair gets ₹ 6455 at the end of one year at the rate of 14% per annum in a Recurring Deposit Account. Find the monthly instalment. (ICSE 2005)
Solution:
Let deposit per month = ₹ x
Rate (R) = 14% p.a.
Period (n) = 1 year =12 months
Maturity value = ₹ 6455
Principal for 1 month = P x \(\frac{n(n+1)}{2}\)
= x × \(\frac{12 \times(12+1)}{2}=\frac{x+12 \times 13}{2}\) = 78 x
and interest = \(\frac{\mathrm{PRT}}{100}=\frac{78 x \times 14 \times 1}{100 \times 12}\)
= \(\frac { 91x }{ 100 }\) … (i)
Interest = Maturity value – Total deposit
= ₹ 6455 – x × 12 = 6455 – 12x … (ii)
From (i) and (ii)
\(\frac { 91x }{100}\) = 6455 – 12x
⇒ 91x = 645500 – 1200x
⇒ 91x + 1200x = 645500
⇒ 1291x = 645500
⇒ x = \(\frac { 645500 }{ 1291 }\) = 500
∴ Deposit per month = ₹ 500

Question 3.
Mohan deposits ₹ 80 per month in a cumulative deposit account for six years. Find the amount payable to him on maturity, if the rate of interest is 6% per annum.
Solution:
Deposit per month (P) = ₹ 80
Rate (R) = 6% p.a.
Period (n) = 6 years = 72 months
Now principal for 1 month = \(\frac{n(n+1)}{2}\)
= \(\frac{80 \times 72 \times(72+1)}{2}\)
= ₹ \(\frac{80 \times 72 \times 73}{2}\) = ₹ 210240
Interest = \(\frac{P R T}{100}=\frac{210240 \times 6 \times 1}{100 \times 12}\)
= \(\frac { 105120 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 1051.20
∴ Maturity value = Deposit + Interest
= 72 x 80+ 1051.20
= ₹ 5760 + 1051.20 = ₹ 6811.20

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 2 Banking Ex 2

Question 4.
Saloni deposited ₹ 150 per month in her bank for eight months under the Recurring Deposit Scheme. What will the maturity value of her deposit, if the rate of interest is 8% per annum and the interest is calculated at the end of every month.
Solution:
Deposit per month = ₹ 150
Rate (R) = 8%
Period (n) = 8 months
∴ Principal for 1 month = \(\frac{P×n(n+1)}{2}\)
= ₹\(\frac{150 \times 8 \times(8+1)}{2}\)
= \(\frac{150 \times 8 \times 9}{2}\)
= ₹ 5400
∴ Interest = \(\frac{\mathrm{PRT}}{100}=\frac{5400 \times 8 \times 1}{100 \times 12}\) = ₹ 36
∴ Maturity value = P x n + Interest
= ₹ 150 x 8 + 36
= ₹ 1200 + 36
= ₹ 1236

Question 5.
David opened a Recurring Deposit Account in a bank and deposited ₹ 300 per month for two years. If he received ₹ 7725 at the time of maturity, find the rate of interest per annum.
Solution:
Deposit per month (P) = ₹ 300
Period (n) = 2 years or 24 months
Let R be the rate % per annum
Maturity value = ₹ 7725
Total principal for 1 month = \(\frac{P×n(n+1)}{2}\)
= \(\frac{300 \times 24 \times(24+1)}{2}\)
= \(\frac{300 \times 24 \times 25}{2}\) = ₹ 90000
∴ Interest = \(\frac{\text { PRT }}{100}=\frac{90000 \times R \times 1}{100 \times 12}\) = ₹ 75R … (i)
Now maturity value = P x n + Interest
7725 = 300 x 24 + 75R
⇒ 7725 = 7200 + 75R
⇒ 75R = 7725 – 7200 = 525
⇒ R = \(\frac { 525 }{ 75 }\) = 7
Rate of interest = 7% p.a.

Question 6.
Mrs. Goswami deposits ₹ 1000 every month in a recurring deposit account for 3 years at 8% interest per annum. Find the matured value.
Solution:
P = \(\frac{36(36+1)}{2}\) x 100
∴ Interest = \(\frac{36 \times 37 \times 1000 \times 8}{2 \times 12 \times 100}\)
= 12 x 37 x 10 = 4440
Matured value = 36000 + 4440 = ₹ 40440

Question 7.
Mr. Gupta opened a recurring deposit account in a bank. He deposited ₹ 2500 per month for two years. At the time of maturity he got ₹ 67,500. Find :
(i) the total interest earned by Mr. Gupta.
(ii) the rate of interest per annum.
Solution:
Total amount deposited by Mr. Gupta in 24 months = ₹ 2500 x 24 = ₹ 60000
Total principal for 1 month
= ₹ \(\frac{2500 \times 24 \times(24+1)}{2}\)
= ₹ 2500 x 12 x 25
= ₹ 750000
Let rate of interest be r% p.a.
Now interest on ₹ 750000 for 1 month
= 750000 x \(\frac { 1 }{ 12 }\) x \(\frac { r }{ 100 }\) = 625 r
Maturity amount = ₹ 67500
⇒ 60000 + 625r = 67500
625r = 67500 – 60000 = 7500
r = \(\frac { 7500 }{ 625 }\) = 12 % p.a.

Question 8.
Ahmed has a recurring deposit account in a bank. He deposits ₹ 2,500 per month for 2 years. If he get ₹ 66,250 at the time of maturity, find
(i) The interest paid by the bank.
(ii) The rate of interest.
Solution:
Monthly deposit (M.D.) = ₹ 2500
n = 2 x 12 = 24 months
Total deposited amount = ₹ 2500 x 24 = ₹ 60000
Matured amount = ₹ 66250
(i) Interest paid by the bank
= Rs. (66250 – 60000) = ₹ 6250

(ii) Equivalent principle for 1 month
= \(\frac{\text { M.D. } \times n(n+1)}{2}\)
= \(\frac{2500 \times 24 \times 25}{2}\) = ₹ 750000
R = \(\frac{\mathrm{I} \times 100}{\mathrm{P} \times \mathrm{T}}=\frac{6250 \times 100 \times 12}{750000 \times 1}\) = 10 % p.a.

Question 9.
Kiran deposited ₹ 200 per month for 36 months in a bank’s recurring deposit account. If the bank pays interest at the rate of 11 % per annum, find the amount she gets on maturity.
Solution:
P (Principal) = ₹ 200, n (Time) = 36 months,
R (Rate) = 11% p.a.
Amount deposited in 36 months
= ₹ 200 x 36 = ₹ 7200
S.I. = P x \(\frac{n(n+1)}{2} \times \frac{1}{12} \times \frac{\mathrm{R}}{100}\)
= ₹ \(\frac{200 \times 36 \times 37 \times 11}{2 \times 12 \times 100}\) = ₹ 1221
Amount Kiran will get on maturity
= ₹ (7200 + ₹ 1221) = ₹ 8421

Question 10.
Mr. Britto deposits a certain sum of money each month in a Recurring Deposit Account of a bank. If the rate of interest is 8% per annum and Mr. Britto gets ₹ 8088 from the bank after 3 years, find the value of his monthly instalment.
Solution:
Let monthly installment = ₹ x
n = 3 x 12 months = 36 months
Rate = 8% p.a.
∴ I = P x \(\frac{n(n+1)}{2 \times 12} \times \frac{r}{100}\)
= x × \(\frac{36 \times 37}{2 \times 12} \times \frac{8}{100}=\frac{444}{100}\) x
Maturity value = ₹ 8088
According to the question,
I + 36 × x = 8088
⇒ \(\frac { 444 }{ 100 }\) + 36x = 8088
4.44x + 36x = 8088
40.44x = 8088
x = \(\frac{8088}{40.44}=\frac{8080 \times 100}{4044}\) = ₹ 200
∴ Value of monthly installment = ₹ 200

OP Malhotra Class 10 Maths Solutions Chapter 2 Banking Ex 2

Question 11.
Shahrukh opened a Recurring Deposit Account in a bank and deposited ₹ 800 per month for 11/2 years. If he received ₹ 15,084 at the time of maturity, find the rate of interest per annum.
Solution:
Money deposited per month (P) = ₹ 800 r = ?
No.of months (n) = 1 \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 2 }\) x 12 = 18
∴ Interest = P x \(\frac{n(n+1)}{2 \times 12} \times \frac{r}{100}\)
= 800 x \(\frac{18(18+1)}{2 \times 12} \times \frac{r}{100}\)
= 800 x \(\frac{18 \times 19}{2 \times 12} \times \frac{r}{100}\) = 114r
∴ Maturity amount = 114r + 800 x 18
According to the question,
15084 = WAr + 14400
⇒ 15084 – 14400 = 114r
⇒ 684 = WAr
r = \(\frac { 684 }{ 114 }\) = 6%

Question 12.
Katrina opened a recurring deposit account with a National Bank for a period of 2 years. If the bank pays interest at the rate of 6% per annum and the monthly instalment is ₹ 1,000, find the:
(i) interest earned in 2 years.
(ii) matured value.
Solution:
Given,
p = ₹ 1000
n = 2 years = 24 months
r = 6%
(i) Interest = p x \(\frac{n(n+1)}{2} \times \frac{r}{12 \times 100}\)
= 1000 x \(\frac{24(25+1)}{2}=\frac{6}{12 \times 100}\)
= ₹ 1000 x \(\frac{24(25)}{2} \times \frac{6}{12 \times 100}\)
Thus, the interest earned in 2 years is ₹ 1500

(ii) Sum deposited in two years = 24 x ₹ 1000 = ₹ 24,000
Maturity value = Total sum deposited in two years + Interest
= ₹ 24,000 + ₹ 1,500 = ₹ 25,500
Thus, the maturity value is ₹ 25,500

Question 13.
Mohan has a recurring deposit account in a bank for 2 years at 6% p.a. simple interest. If he gets ₹ 1200 as interest at the time of maturity, find :
(i) the monthly instalment
(ii) the amount of maturity
Solution:
(i) I = ₹ 1200,
n = 2 x 12 = 24 months,
r = 6%
I = P x \(\frac{n(n+1)}{2} \times \frac{r}{12 \times 100}\)
⇒ 1200 = \(\mathrm{P} \frac{24(24+1)}{2} \times \frac{1}{12 \times 100}\)
⇒ 1200 = \(P \times \frac{24(25)}{2} \times \frac{6}{12 \times 100}\)
⇒ 1200 = P x \(\frac { 3 }{ 2 }\)
⇒ P = \(\frac { 1200×2 }{ 3 }\)
⇒ P = ₹ 800
So the monthly instalment is ₹ 800

(ii) Total sum deposited = P x n = ₹ 800 x 24 = ₹ 19200
∴ The amount that Mohan will get at the time of maturity
= Total sum deposited + Interest on it
= ₹ 19200 + ₹ 1200 = ₹ 20400
Hence, the amount of maturity is ₹ 20400